This gets rid of one of the 2 variables named, very generically,
"count".
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calculating the offsets for the current entry within the row and
placing them inside struct vcap_data, the function assumes half key
entry (2 keys per row).
This patch modifies the vcap_data_offset_get() function to calculate a
correct data offset when the setting VCAP Type-Group of a key to
VCAP_TG_FULL or VCAP_TG_QUARTER.
This is needed because, for example, VCAP ES0 only supports full keys.
Also rename the 'count' variable to 'num_entries_per_row' to make the
function just one tiny bit easier to follow.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we'll make the switch to multiple chain offloading, we'll want to
know first what VCAP block the rule is offloaded to. This impacts what
keys are available. Since the VCAP block is determined by what actions
are used, parse the action first.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we are deriving these from the constants exposed by the
hardware, we can delete the static info we're keeping in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The numbers in struct vcap_props are not intuitive to derive, because
they are not a straightforward copy-and-paste from the reference manual
but instead rely on a fairly detailed level of understanding of the
layout of an entry in the TCAM and in the action RAM. For this reason,
bugs are very easy to introduce here.
Ease the work of hardware porters and read from hardware the constants
that were exported for this particular purpose. Note that this implies
that struct vcap_props can no longer be const.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation step for the offloading to ES0, let's create the
infrastructure for talking with this hardware block.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation step for the offloading to IS1, let's create the
infrastructure for talking with this hardware block.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the Ocelot switches there are 3 TCAMs: VCAP ES0, IS1 and IS2, which
have the same configuration interface, but different sets of keys and
actions. The driver currently only supports VCAP IS2.
In preparation of VCAP IS1 and ES0 support, the existing code must be
generalized to work with any VCAP.
In that direction, we should move the structures that depend upon VCAP
instantiation, like vcap_is2_keys and vcap_is2_actions, out of struct
ocelot and into struct vcap_props .keys and .actions, a structure that
is replicated 3 times, once per VCAP. We'll pass that structure as an
argument to each function that does the key and action packing - only
the control logic needs to distinguish between ocelot->vcap[VCAP_IS2]
or IS1 or ES0.
Another change is to make use of the newly introduced ocelot_target_read
and ocelot_target_write API, since the 3 VCAPs have the same registers
but put at different addresses.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although it doesn't look like it is possible to hit these conditions
from user space, there are 2 separate, but related, issues.
First, the ocelot_vcap_block_get_filter_index function, née
ocelot_ace_rule_get_index_id prior to the aae4e500e1 ("net: mscc:
ocelot: generalize the "ACE/ACL" names") rename, does not do what the
author probably intended. If the desired filter entry is not present in
the ACL block, this function returns an index equal to the total number
of filters, instead of -1, which is maybe what was intended, judging
from the curious initialization with -1, and the "++index" idioms.
Either way, none of the callers seems to expect this behavior.
Second issue, the callers don't actually check the return value at all.
So in case the filter is not found in the rule list, propagate the
return code.
So update the callers and also take the opportunity to get rid of the
odd coding idioms that appear to work but don't.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some targets (register blocks) in the Ocelot switch that are
instantiated more than once. For example, the VCAP IS1, IS2 and ES0
blocks all share the same register layout for interacting with the cache
for the TCAM and the action RAM.
For the VCAPs, the procedure for servicing them is actually common. We
just need an API specifying which VCAP we are talking to, and we do that
via these raw ocelot_target_read and ocelot_target_write accessors.
In plain ocelot_read, the target is encoded into the register enum
itself:
u16 target = reg >> TARGET_OFFSET;
For the VCAPs, the registers are currently defined like this:
enum ocelot_reg {
[...]
S2_CORE_UPDATE_CTRL = S2 << TARGET_OFFSET,
S2_CORE_MV_CFG,
S2_CACHE_ENTRY_DAT,
S2_CACHE_MASK_DAT,
S2_CACHE_ACTION_DAT,
S2_CACHE_CNT_DAT,
S2_CACHE_TG_DAT,
[...]
};
which is precisely what we want to avoid, because we'd have to duplicate
the same register map for S1 and for S0, and then figure out how to pass
VCAP instance-specific registers to the ocelot_read calls (basically
another lookup table that undoes the effect of shifting with
TARGET_OFFSET).
So for some targets, propose a more raw API, similar to what is
currently done with ocelot_port_readl and ocelot_port_writel. Those
targets can only be accessed with ocelot_target_{read,write} and not
with ocelot_{read,write} after the conversion, which is fine.
The VCAP registers are not actually modified to use this new API as of
this patch. They will be modified in the next one.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not use rx_desc pointers if possible since rx descriptors are stored in
uncached memory and dereferencing rx_desc pointers generate extra loads.
This patch improves XDP_DROP performance of ~ 110Kpps (700Kpps vs 590Kpps)
on Marvell Espressobin
Analyzed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VIA Technologies VT8251 South Bridge's integrated Rhine-II
Ethernet MAC comes has a PCI revision value of 0x7c. This was
verified on ASUS P5V800-VM mainboard.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Brace <kevinbrace@bracecomputerlab.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rhine_resume() and rhine_suspend(), the code calls netif_running()
to see if the network interface is down or not. If it is down (i.e.,
netif_running() returning false), they will skip any housekeeping work
within the function relating to the hardware. This becomes a problem
when the hardware resumes from a standby since it is counting on
rhine_resume() to map its MMIO and power up rest of the hardware.
Not getting its MMIO remapped and rest of the hardware powered
up lead to a soft reset failure and hardware disappearance. The
solution is to map its MMIO and power up rest of the hardware inside
rhine_open() before soft reset is to be performed. This solution was
verified on ASUS P5V800-VM mainboard's integrated Rhine-II Ethernet
MAC inside VIA Technologies VT8251 South Bridge.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Brace <kevinbrace@bracecomputerlab.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace panic() call in lib8390.c with BUILD_BUG_ON()
since checking the size of struct e8390_pkt_hdr should
happen at compile-time.
Signed-off-by: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtl_lps_enter() and rtl_lps_leave() are using in_interrupt() to detect
whether it is safe to acquire a mutex or if it is required to defer to a
workqueue.
The usage of in_interrupt() in drivers is phased out and Linus clearly
requested that code which changes behaviour depending on context should
either be seperated or the context be conveyed in an argument passed by the
caller, which usually knows the context.
in_interrupt() also is only partially correct because it fails to chose the
correct code path when just preemption or interrupts are disabled.
Add an argument 'may_block' to both functions and adjust the callers to
pass the context information.
The following call chains were analyzed to be safe to block:
rtl_watchdog_wq_callback()
rlf_lps_leave/enter()
rtl_op_suspend()
rtl_lps_leave()
rtl_op_bss_info_changed()
rtl_lps_leave()
rtl_op_sw_scan_start()
rtl_lps_leave()
The following call chains were analyzed to be unsafe to block:
_rtl_pci_interrupt()
_rtl_pci_rx_interrupt()
rtl_lps_leave()
_rtl_pci_interrupt()
_rtl_pci_rx_interrupt()
rtl_is_special_data()
rtl_lps_leave()
_rtl_pci_interrupt()
_rtl_pci_rx_interrupt()
rtl_is_special_data()
setup_special_tx()
rtl_lps_leave()
_rtl_pci_interrupt()
_rtl_pci_tx_isr
rtl_lps_leave()
halbtc_leave_lps()
rtl_lps_leave()
This leaves four callers of rtl_lps_enter/leave() where the analyzis
stopped dead in the maze of several nested pointer based callchains and
lack of rtlwifi hardware to debug this via tracing:
halbtc_leave_lps(), halbtc_enter_lps(), halbtc_normal_lps(),
halbtc_pre_normal_lps()
These four have been cautionally marked to be unable to block which is the
safe option, but the rtwifi wizards should be able to clarify that.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The usage of in_interrupt() in drivers in is phased out.
rtl_dbg() a printk based debug aid is using in_interrupt() in the
underlying C function _rtl_dbg_out() which is almost identical to
_rtl_dbg_print(). The only difference is the printout of in_interrupt().
The decoding of in_interrupt() as hexvalue is non-trivial and aside of
being phased out for driver usage the return value is just by chance the
masked preempt count value and not a boolean.
These home brewn printk debug aids are tedious to work with and provide
only minimal context. They should be replaced by trace_printk() or a debug
tracepoint which automatically records all context information.
To make progress on the in_interrupt() cleanup, make rtl_dbg() use
_rtl_dbg_print() and remove _rtl_dbg_out().
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
INIT_DELAYED_WORK() takes two arguments: A pointer to the delayed work and
a function reference for the callback.
The rtl code casts all function references to (void *) because the
callbacks in use are not matching the required function signature. That's
error prone and bad pratice.
Some of the callback functions are also global, but only used in a single
file.
Clean the mess up by:
- Adding the proper arguments to the callback functions and using them in
the container_of() constructs correctly which removes the hideous
container_of_dwork_rtl() macro as well.
- Removing the type cast at the initializers
- Making the unnecessary global functions static
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The usage of in_interrupt() in non-core code is phased out. Ideally the
information of the calling context should be passed by the callers or the
functions be split as appropriate.
libertas uses in_interupt() to select the netif_rx*() variant which matches
the calling context. The attempt to consolidate the code by passing an
arguemnt or by distangling it failed due lack of knowledge about this
driver and because the call chains are hard to follow.
As a stop gap use netif_rx_any_context() which invokes the correct code
path depending on context and confines the in_interrupt() usage to core
code.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The debug macro prints (INT) when in_interrupt() returns true. The value of
this information is dubious as it does not distinguish between the various
contexts which are covered by in_interrupt().
As the usage of in_interrupt() in drivers is phased out and the same
information can be more precisely obtained with tracing, remove the
in_interrupt() conditional from this debug printk.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The usage of in_interrupt() in non-core code is phased out. Ideally the
information of the calling context should be passed by the callers or the
functions be split as appropriate.
mwifiex uses in_interupt() to select the netif_rx*() variant which matches
the calling context. The attempt to consolidate the code by passing an
arguemnt or by distangling it failed due lack of knowledge about this
driver and because the call chains are hard to follow.
As a stop gap use netif_rx_any_context() which invokes the correct code
path depending on context and confines the in_interrupt() usage to core
code.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_interrupt() is ill defined and does not provide what the name
suggests. The usage especially in driver code is deprecated and a tree wide
effort to clean up and consolidate the (ab)usage of in_interrupt() and
related checks is happening.
hfa384x_cmd() and prism2_hw_reset() check in_interrupt() at function entry
and if true emit a printk at debug loglevel and return. This is clearly debug
code.
Both functions invoke functions which can sleep. These functions already
have appropriate debug checks which cover all invalid contexts, while
in_interrupt() fails to detect context which just has preemption or
interrupts disabled.
Remove both checks as they are incomplete, debug only and already covered
by the subsequently invoked functions properly. If called from invalid
context the resulting back trace is definitely more helpful to analyze the
problem than a printk at debug loglevel.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The usage of in_interrupt) in driver code is phased out.
The iwlwifi_dbg tracepoint records in_interrupt() seperately, but that's
superfluous because the trace header already records all kind of state and
context information like hardirq status, softirq status, preemption count
etc.
Aside of that the recording of in_interrupt() as boolean does not allow to
distinguish between the possible contexts (hard interrupt, soft interrupt,
bottom half disabled) while the trace header gives precise information.
Remove the duplicate information from the tracepoint and fixup the caller.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Luca Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The usage of in_interrupt() in non-core code is phased out.
The debugging macros in these drivers use in_interrupt() to print 'I' or
'U' depending on the return value of in_interrupt(). While 'U' is confusing
at best and 'I' is not really describing the actual context (hard interupt,
soft interrupt, bottom half disabled section) these debug macros originate
from the pre ftrace kernel era and their value today is questionable. They
probably should be removed completely.
The macros weere added initially for ipw2100 and then spreaded when the
driver was forked.
Remove the in_interrupt() usage at least..
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The usage of in_interrupt() in drivers is phased out and Linus clearly
requested that code which changes behaviour depending on context should
either be seperated or the context be conveyed in an argument passed by the
caller, which usually knows the context.
brcmf_fweh_process_event() uses in_interrupt() to select the allocation
mode GFP_KERNEL/GFP_ATOMIC. Aside of the above reasons this check is
incomplete as it cannot detect contexts which just have preemption or
interrupts disabled.
All callchains leading to brcmf_fweh_process_event() can clearly identify
the calling context. Convey a 'gfp' argument through the callchains and let
the callers hand in the appropriate GFP mode.
This has also the advantage that any change of execution context or
preemption/interrupt state in these callchains will be detected by the
memory allocator for all GFP_KERNEL allocations.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcrmgf_netif_rx() uses in_interrupt to chose between netif_rx() and
netif_rx_ni(). in_interrupt() usage in drivers is phased out.
Convey the execution mode via an 'inirq' argument through the various
callchains leading to brcmf_netif_rx():
brcmf_pcie_isr_thread() <- Task context
brcmf_proto_msgbuf_rx_trigger()
brcmf_msgbuf_process_rx()
brcmf_msgbuf_process_msgtype()
brcmf_msgbuf_process_rx_complete()
brcmf_netif_mon_rx()
brcmf_netif_rx(isirq = false)
brcmf_netif_rx(isirq = false)
brcmf_sdio_readframes() <- Task context sdio_claim_host() might sleep
brcmf_rx_frame(isirq = false)
brcmf_sdio_rxglom() <- Task context sdio_claim_host() might sleep
brcmf_rx_frame(isirq = false)
brcmf_usb_rx_complete() <- Interrupt context
brcmf_rx_frame(isirq = true)
brcmf_rx_frame()
brcmf_proto_rxreorder()
brcmf_proto_bcdc_rxreorder()
brcmf_fws_rxreorder()
brcmf_netif_rx()
brcmf_netif_rx()
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
brcmf_sdio_isr() is using in_interrupt() to distinguish if it is called
from a interrupt service routine or from a worker thread.
Passing such information from the calling context is preferred and
requested by Linus, so add an argument `in_isr' to brcmf_sdio_isr() and let
the callers pass the information about the calling context.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lmc_trace() was first introduced in commit e7a392d5158af ("Import
2.3.99pre6-5") and was not touched ever since.
The reason for looking at this was to get rid of the in_interrupt() usage,
but while looking at it the following observations were made:
- At least lmc_get_stats() (->ndo_get_stats()) is invoked with disabled
preemption which is not detected by the in_interrupt() check, which
would cause schedule() to be called from invalid context.
- The code is hidden behind #ifdef LMC_TRACE which is not defined within
the kernel and wasn't at the time it was introduced.
- Three jiffies don't match 50ms. msleep() would be a better match which
would also avoid the schedule() invocation. But why have it to begin
with?
- Nobody would do something like this today. Either netdev_dbg() or
trace_printk() or a trace event would be used. If only the functions
related to this driver are interesting then ftrace can be used with
filtering.
As it is obviously broken for years, simply remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comment above nc_vendor_write() suggests that the function could become
async so that is usable in `in_interrupt()' context or that it already is
safe to be called from such a context.
Eitherway: The function did not become async since v2.4.9.2 (2002) and it
must be not be called from `in_interrupt()' context because it sleeps on
mutltiple occations.
Remove the misleading comment.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kaweth_async_set_rx_mode() invokes kaweth_contol() and has two callers:
- kaweth_open() which is invoked from preemptible context
.
- kaweth_start_xmit() which holds a spinlock and has bottom halfs disabled.
If called from kaweth_start_xmit() kaweth_async_set_rx_mode() obviously
cannot block, which means it can't call kaweth_control(). This is detected
with an in_interrupt() check.
Replace the in_interrupt() check in kaweth_async_set_rx_mode() with an
argument which is set true by the caller if the context is safe to sleep,
otherwise false.
Now kaweth_control() is only called from preemptible context which means
there is no need for GFP_ATOMIC allocations anymore. Replace it with
usb_control_msg(). Cleanup the code a bit while at it.
Finally remove kaweth_control() since the last user is gone.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kaweth_control() is almost the same as usb_control_msg() except for the
memory allocation mode (GFP_ATOMIC vs GFP_NOIO) and the in_interrupt()
check.
All the invocations of kaweth_control() are within the probe function in
fully preemtible context so there is no reason to use atomic allocations,
GFP_NOIO which is used by usb_control_msg() is perfectly fine.
Replace kaweth_control() invocations from probe with usb_control_msg().
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_interrupt() is ill defined and does not provide what the name
suggests. The usage especially in driver code is deprecated and
a tree wide effort to clean up and consolidate the (ab)usage of
in_interrupt() and related checks is happening.
handle_regs_int() is always invoked as part of URB callback which is either
invoked from hard or soft interrupt context.
Remove the magic assertion.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vxge_os_dma_malloc() and vxge_os_dma_malloc_async() are both called from
callchains which use GFP_KERNEL allocations unconditionally or have other
requirements to be called from fully preemptible task context..
vxge_os_dma_malloc():
1) __vxge_hw_blockpool_create() <- GFP_KERNEL
2) __vxge_hw_mempool_grow() <- vzalloc()
__vxge_hw_blockpool_malloc()
vxge_os_dma_malloc_async():
1 __vxge_hw_mempool_grow() <- vzalloc()
__vxge_hw_blockpool_malloc()
__vxge_hw_blockpool_blocks_add()
2) vxge_hw_vpath_open() <- vzalloc()
__vxge_hw_blockpool_block_allocate()
That means neither of these functions needs a conditional allocation mode.
Remove the in_interrupt() conditional and use GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lance_interrupt() contains two pointless checks:
- A check whether the 'dev_id' argument is NULL. 'dev_id' is the pointer
which was handed in to request_irq() and the interrupt handler will
always be invoked with that pointer as 'dev_id' argument by the core
code.
- A check for interrupt reentrancy. The core code already guarantees
non-reentrancy of interrupt handlers.
Remove these check.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bigmac_init_rings() has an argument signaling if it is called from the
interrupt handler. This is used to decide between GFP_KERNEL and GFP_ATOMIC
for memory allocations.
But it also checks in_interrupt() to handle invocations which come from the
timer callback bigmac_timer() via bigmac_hw_init(), which is invoked with
'in_irq = 0'. While the timer callback is clearly not in hard interrupt
context it is still not sleepable context.
Rename the argument to `non_blocking' and set it to true if invoked from
the timer callback or the interrupt handler which allows to remove the
in_interrupt() check and makes the code consistent.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
efx_ef10_try_update_nic_stats_vf() is now only invoked from thread context
and can sleep after efx::stats_lock is dropped.
Change the allocation mode from GFP_ATOMIC to GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
efx_ef10_try_update_nic_stats_vf() used in_interrupt() to figure out
whether it is safe to sleep (for MCDI) or not.
The only caller from which it was not is efx_net_stats(), which can be
invoked under dev_base_lock from net-sysfs::netstat_show().
So add a new update_stats_atomic() method to struct efx_nic_type, and call
it from efx_net_stats(), removing the need for
efx_ef10_try_update_nic_stats_vf() to behave differently for this case
(which it wasn't doing correctly anyway).
For all nic_types other than EF10 VF, this method is NULL so the the
regular update_stats() methods are invoked , which are happy with being
called from atomic contexts.
Fixes: f00bf2305c ("sfc: don't update stats on VF when called in atomic context")
Reported-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The usage of in_interrupt() in drivers is phased out and Linus clearly
requested that code which changes behaviour depending on context should
either be seperated or the context be conveyed in an argument passed by the
caller, which usually knows the context.
sonic_quiesce() uses 'in_interrupt() || irqs_disabled()' to chose either
udelay() or usleep_range() in the wait loop.
In all callchains leading to it the context is well defined and known.
Add a 'may_sleep' argument and pass it through the various callchains
leading to this function.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_interrupt() is ill defined and does not provide what the name
suggests. The usage especially in driver code is deprecated and a tree wide
effort to clean up and consolidate the (ab)usage of in_interrupt() and
related checks is happening.
In this case the check covers only parts of the contexts in which these
functions cannot be called. It fails to detect preemption or interrupt
disabled invocations.
As the functions which contain these warnings invoke mutex_lock() which
contains a broad variety of checks (always enabled or debug option
dependent) and therefore covers all invalid conditions already, there is no
point in having inconsistent warnings in those drivers. The conditional
return is not really valuable in practice either.
Just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_interrupt() is ill defined and does not provide what the name
suggests. The usage especially in driver code is deprecated and a tree wide
effort to clean up and consolidate the (ab)usage of in_interrupt() and
related checks is happening.
In this case the check covers only parts of the contexts in which these
functions cannot be called. It fails to detect preemption or interrupt
disabled invocations.
As the functions which are invoked from ionic_adminq_post() and
ionic_dev_cmd_wait() contain a broad variety of checks (always enabled or
debug option dependent) which cover all invalid conditions already, there
is no point in having inconsistent warnings in those drivers.
Just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The in_interrupt() usage in this driver tries to figure out which context
may sleep and which context may not sleep. in_interrupt() is not really
suitable as it misses both preemption disabled and interrupt disabled
invocations from task context.
Conditionals like that in driver code are frowned upon in general because
invocations of functions from invalid contexts might not be detected
as the conditional papers over it.
ionic_lif_addr() and _ionoc_lif_rx_mode() can be called from:
1) ->ndo_set_rx_mode() which is under netif_addr_lock_bh()) so it must not
sleep.
2) Init and setup functions which are in fully preemptible task context.
ionic_link_status_check_request() has two call paths:
1) NAPI which obviously cannot sleep
2) Setup which is again fully preemptible task context
Add arguments which convey the execution context to the affected functions
and let the callers provide the context instead of letting the functions
deduce it.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_interrupt() is ill defined and does not provide what the name
suggests. The usage especially in driver code is deprecated and a tree wide
effort to clean up and consolidate the (ab)usage of in_interrupt() and
related checks is happening.
In this case the checks cover only parts of the contexts in which these
functions cannot be called. They fail to detect preemption or interrupt
disabled invocations.
As the functions which are invoked from the various places contain already
a broad variety of checks (always enabled or debug option dependent) cover
all invalid conditions already, there is no point in having inconsistent
warnings in those drivers.
Just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The usage of in_interrupt() in drivers is phased out and Linus clearly
requested that code which changes behaviour depending on context should
either be seperated or the context be conveyed in an argument passed by the
caller, which usually knows the context.
mpc52xx_fec_stop() uses in_interrupt() to check if it is safe to sleep. All
callers run in well defined contexts.
Pass an argument from the callers indicating whether it is safe to sleep.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
e100_hw_init() invokes e100_self_test() only if in_interrupt() returns
false as e100_self_test() uses msleep() which requires sleepable task
context. The in_interrupt() check is incomplete because in_interrupt()
cannot catch callers from contexts which have just preemption or interrupts
disabled.
e100_hw_init() is invoked from:
- e100_loopback_test() which clearly is sleepable task context as the
function uses msleep() itself.
- e100_up() which clearly is sleepable task context as well because it
invokes e100_alloc_cbs() abd request_irq() which both require sleepable
task context due to GFP_KERNEL allocations and mutex_lock() operations.
Remove the pointless in_interrupt() check.
As a side effect of this analysis it turned out that e100_rx_alloc_list()
which is only invoked from e100_loopback_test() and e100_up() pointlessly
uses a GFP_ATOMIC allocation. The next invoked function e100_alloc_cbs() is
using GFP_KERNEL already.
Change the allocation mode in e100_rx_alloc_list() to GFP_KERNEL as well.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t4_sge_stop() is only ever called from task context and the in_interrupt()
check is presumably a leftover from copying t3_sge_stop().
Aside of in_interrupt() being deprecated because it's not providing what it
claims to provide, this check would paper over illegitimate callers.
The functions invoked from t4_sge_stop() contain already warnings to catch
invocations from invalid contexts.
Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t3_sge_stop() is called from task context and from error handlers in
interrupt context. It relies on in_interrupt() to differentiate the
contexts.
in_interrupt() is deprecated as it is ill defined and does not provide what
it suggests.
Instead of replacing it with some other construct, simply split the
function into t3_sge_stop_dma(), which can be called from any context, and
t3_sge_stop() which can be only called from task context.
This has the advantage that any bogus invocation of t3_sge_stop() from
wrong contexts can be caught by debug kernels instead of being papered over
by the conditional.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_interrupt() is ill defined and does not provide what the name
suggests. The usage especially in driver code is deprecated and a tree wide
effort to clean up and consolidate the (ab)usage of in_interrupt() and
related checks is happening.
In this case the check covers only parts of the contexts in which these
functions cannot be called. It fails to detect preemption or interrupt
disabled invocations.
As the functions which are invoked from at*_reinit_locked() contain a broad
variety of checks (always enabled or debug option dependent) which cover
all invalid conditions already, there is no point in having inconsistent
warnings in those drivers.
Just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The usage of in_interrupt() in non-core code is phased out. Ideally the
information of the calling context should be passed by the callers or the
functions be split as appropriate.
cfhsi_rx_desc() and cfhsi_rx_pld() use in_interrupt() to distinguish if
they should use netif_rx() or netif_rx_ni() for receiving packets.
The attempt to consolidate the code by passing an arguemnt or by
distangling it failed due lack of knowledge about this driver and because
the call chains are hard to follow.
As a stop gap use netif_rx_any_context() which invokes the correct code path
depending on context and confines the in_interrupt() usage to core code.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While chasing in_interrupt() (ab)use in drivers it turned out that the
caif_spi driver has never been in use since the driver was merged 10 years
ago. There never was any matching code which provides a platform device.
The driver has not seen any update (asided of treewide changes and
cleanups) since 8 years and the maintainers vanished from the planet.
So analysing the potential contexts and the (in)correctness of
in_interrupt() usage is just a pointless exercise.
Remove the cruft.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enic_dev_wait() has a BUG_ON(in_interrupt()).
Chasing the callers of enic_dev_wait() revealed the gems of enic_reset()
and enic_tx_hang_reset() which are both invoked through work queues in
order to be able to call rtnl_lock(). So far so good.
After locking rtnl both functions acquire enic::enic_api_lock which
serializes against the (ab)use from infiniband. This is where the
trainwreck starts.
enic::enic_api_lock is a spin_lock() which implicitly disables preemption,
but both functions invoke a ton of functions under that lock which can
sleep. The BUG_ON(in_interrupt()) does not trigger in that case because it
can't detect the preempt disabled condition.
This clearly has never been tested with any of the mandatory debug options
for 7+ years, which would have caught that for sure.
Cure it by adding a enic_api_busy member to struct enic, which is modified
and evaluated with enic::enic_api_lock held.
If enic_api_devcmd_proxy_by_index() observes enic::enic_api_busy as true,
it drops enic::enic_api_lock and busy waits for enic::enic_api_busy to
become false.
It would be smarter to wait for a completion of that busy period, but
enic_api_devcmd_proxy_by_index() is called with other spin locks held which
obviously can't sleep.
Remove the BUG_ON(in_interrupt()) check as well because it's incomplete and
with proper debugging enabled the problem would have been caught from the
debug checks in schedule_timeout().
Fixes: 0b038566c0 ("drivers/net: enic: Add an interface for USNIC to interact with firmware")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the ktls stats were at adapter level, but now changing it
to port level.
Fixes: 62370a4f34 ("cxgb4/chcr: Add ipv6 support and statistics")
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing these logs to dynamic debugs. If issue is seen, these
logs can be enabled at run time.
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since driver first return success to tls_dev_add, if req to HW is
successful, but later if HW returns failure, that connection traffic
fails permanently and connection status remains unknown to stack.
v1->v2:
- removed conn_up from all places.
v2->v3:
- Corrected timeout handling.
Fixes: 34aba2c450 ("cxgb4/chcr : Register to tls add and del callback")
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the actions are packed together in the action RAM, an incorrect
action width means that no action except the first one would behave
correctly.
The tc-flower offload has probably not been tested on this hardware
since its introduction.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port mask width was larger than the actual number of ports, and
therefore, all fields following this one were also shifted by the number
of excess bits. But the driver doesn't use the REW_OP, SMAC_REPLACE_ENA
or ACL_ID bits from the action vector, so the bug was inconsequential.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds debugfs to dump tqp enable status.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to query specifications of the device, add a new debugfs
command "dev spec" to do that.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER is not set in netdev->hw_feature,
but set in netdev->features.
So the handler of NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER in hns3_self_test() is
always true, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add RoCE VF client reset support by notifying the RoCE VF client
when hns3 VF is resetting and adding a interface to query whether
CMDQ is ready to work.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for UDP segmentation offload to the HNS3 driver
when the device can do it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the maximun BD number may not be 8 now, so rename
hns3_over_8bd() to hns3_over_max_bd().
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the driver is able to query the device's specifications,
which includes the maximum BD number of non TSO packet, so replace
macro HNS3_MAX_NON_TSO_BD_NUM with the queried value, and rewrite
macro HNS3_MAX_NON_TSO_SIZE whose value depends on the the maximum
BD number of non TSO packet.
Also, add a new parameter max_non_tso_bd_num to function
hns3_tx_bd_num() and hns3_skb_need_linearized(), then they can get
the maximum BD number of non TSO packet from the caller instead of
calculating by themself, The note of hns3_skb_need_linearized()
should be update as well.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for NAT-T-ESP to KPU parser configuration. NAT ESP is a UDP
based protocol. So move ESP to LE so that both UDP and ESP can be
extracted.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Kumar K <kirankumark@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 fragmented packet may not contain completed layer 4 information.
So stop KPU parsing after setting ipv6 fragmentation flag.
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Ayarekar <aayarekar@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added some IPv6 protocol fields to the default MKEX profile.
They include everything from the beginning of IP header and up to
source address. The pattern occupies full KW2 in MCAM entry.
Only one out of two LD registers for this protocol is used.
Signed-off-by: Vidhya Vidhyaraman <vraman@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
KPU profile interpret Extended DSA and eDSA by looking source dev. This
was incorrect and it restricts to use few source device ids and also
created confusion while parsing regular DSA tag. With below patch lookup
was based on bit 12 of Word0. This is always zero for DSA tag and it
should be one for Extended DSA and eDSA.
Signed-off-by: Satha Rao <skoteshwar@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell Prestera switches supports distributed switch architecture
by inserting Forward DSA tag of 4 bytes right after ethernet SMAC.
This tag don't have a tpid field.
This patch provides parser and extraction support for the same.
Default ldata extraction profile added for FDSA such that Src_port
is extracted and placed inplace of vlanid field. Like extended DSA
and eDSA tags,a special PKIND of 62 is used for this tag.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor KPU related NPC code gathering all configuration data in a
structured format and putting it in one place (npc_profile.h).
This increases readability and makes it easier to extend the profile
configuration (as opposed to jumping between multiple header and source
files).
To do this:
* Gather all KPU profile related data into a single adapter struct.
* Convert the built-in MKEX definition to a structured one to streamline
the MKEX loading.
* Convert LT default register configuration into a structure, keeping
default protocol settings in same file where identifiers for those
protocols are defined.
* Add a single point for KPU profile loading, so that its source may
change in the future once proper interfaces for loading such config
are in place.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since LD contains LTYPE definitions tweaked toward efficient
NIX_AF_RX_FLOW_KEY_ALG(0..31)_FIELD(0..4) usage, the original location
of NPC_LT_LD_CUSTOM0/1 was aliased with MPLS_IN_* definitions.
Moving custom frame to value 6 and 7 removes the aliasing at the cost of
custom frames being also considered when TCP/UDP RSS algo is configured.
However since the goal of CUSTOM frames is to classify them to a
separate set of RQs, this cost is acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two chip pins named TXDLY and RXDLY which actually adds the 2ns
delays to TXC and RXC for TXD/RXD latching. These two pins can config via
4.7k-ohm resistor to 3.3V hw setting, but also config via software setting
(extension page 0xa4 register 0x1c bit13 12 and 11).
The configuration register definitions from table 13 official PHY datasheet:
PHYAD[2:0] = PHY Address
AN[1:0] = Auto-Negotiation
Mode = Interface Mode Select
RX Delay = RX Delay
TX Delay = TX Delay
SELRGV = RGMII/GMII Selection
This table describes how to config these hw pins via external pull-high or pull-
low resistor.
It is a misunderstanding that mapping it as register bits below:
8:6 = PHY Address
5:4 = Auto-Negotiation
3 = Interface Mode Select
2 = RX Delay
1 = TX Delay
0 = SELRGV
So I removed these descriptions above and add related settings as below:
14 = reserved
13 = force Tx RX Delay controlled by bit12 bit11
12 = Tx Delay
11 = Rx Delay
10:0 = Test && debug settings reserved by realtek
Test && debug settings are not recommend to modify by default.
Fixes: f81dadbcf7 ("net: phy: realtek: Add rtl8211e rx/tx delays config")
Signed-off-by: Willy Liu <willy.liu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Open vSwitch and Linux bridge will disable LRO of the interface
when this interface added to them. Now when disable the LRO, the
virtio-net csum is disable too. That drops the forwarding performance.
Fixes: a02e8964ea ("virtio-net: ethtool configurable LRO")
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCI devices support two variants of the D3 power state: D3hot (main power
present) D3cold (main power removed). Previously struct pci_dev contained:
unsigned int d3_delay; /* D3->D0 transition time in ms */
unsigned int d3cold_delay; /* D3cold->D0 transition time in ms */
"d3_delay" refers specifically to the D3hot state. Rename it to
"d3hot_delay" to avoid ambiguity and align with the ACPI "_DSM for
Specifying Device Readiness Durations" in the PCI Firmware spec r3.2,
sec 4.6.9.
There is no change to the functionality.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200730210848.1578826-1-kw@linux.com
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczyński <kw@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
During driver load below warn logs are printed in the console.
Since driver may not implement all wmi events sent by fw and
all of them are non-fatal, move this log to debug level to
remove un-necessary warn message on console.
[876.898735] ath11k_pci 0000:06:00.0: Unknown eventid: 0x16005
[879.283250] ath11k_pci 0000:06:00.0: Unknown eventid: 0x1d00a
No functional changes. Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Govind Singh <govinds@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1600948691-6901-1-git-send-email-govinds@codeaurora.org
This addresses the following gcc warning with "make W=1":
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ar9580_1p0_initvals.h:1331:18: warning:
‘ar9580_1p0_pcie_phy_clkreq_enable_L1’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ar9580_1p0_initvals.h:1338:18: warning:
‘ar9580_1p0_pcie_phy_clkreq_disable_L1’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ar9580_1p0_initvals.h:1345:18: warning:
‘ar9580_1p0_pcie_phy_pll_on_clkreq’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Heng <liheng40@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1600831531-8573-1-git-send-email-liheng40@huawei.com
In wl3501_detach(), link->priv is checked for a NULL value before being
passed to free_netdev(). However, it cannot be NULL at this point as it
has already been passed to other functions, so just remove the check.
Addresses-Coverity: CID 710499: Null pointer dereferences (REVERSE_INULL)
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200926174558.9436-1-alex.dewar90@gmail.com
Currently if an unsupported iftype is detected the error return path
does not free the cmd_skb leading to a resource leak. Fix this by
free'ing cmd_skb.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Resource leak")
Fixes: 805b28c05c ("qtnfmac: prepare for AP_VLAN interface type support")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200925132224.21638-1-colin.king@canonical.com
In the transmit power table, it is important to know what the regulatory
currently is. For different regulatories, there are different
transmit power limits. Show which regulatory the driver is currently
using.
Signed-off-by: Tzu-En Huang <tehuang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200925061219.23754-6-tehuang@realtek.com
This patch adds a function which is able to dump firmware fifo when
firmware crashes. If firmware needs more than one time to dump all logs,
it will set a bit called "more bit" in the header of the first log, and
driver needs to set a register to inform firmware that it is ready for the
next dump.
Signed-off-by: Tzu-En Huang <tehuang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200925061219.23754-5-tehuang@realtek.com
Rtw88 currently has a function to dump reserved page section of the
firmware fifo. Reserved page is just part of the firmware fifo, there
are multiple sections in the firmware fifo for different usages, such as
firmware rx fifo and tx fifo.
This commit adds a function to check not only the reserved page section
but also other parts of the firmware fifo. In addition, we need to dump
firmware fifo to dump the debug log message if firmware crashes.
Signed-off-by: Tzu-En Huang <tehuang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200925061219.23754-4-tehuang@realtek.com
This handles the situation when firmware crashes.
When firmware crashes, it will send an interrupt, and driver will queue
a work for recovery.
In the work, driver will reset it's internal association state, which
includes removing associated sta's macid, resetting vifs' states
and removing keys. After resetting the driver's state, driver will call
rtw_enter_ips() to force the chipset power off to reset the chip.
Finally, driver calls ieee80211_restart_hw() to inform mac80211 stack
to restart.
Since only 8822c firmware supports this feature, the interrupt will only
be triggered when 8822c chipset is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Tzu-En Huang <tehuang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200925061219.23754-3-tehuang@realtek.com
The vht capability of MAX_MPDU_LENGTH is 11454 in rtw88; however, the rx
buffer size for each packet is 8192. When receiving packets that are
larger than rx buffer size, it will leads to rx buffer ring overflow.
Signed-off-by: Tzu-En Huang <tehuang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200925061219.23754-2-tehuang@realtek.com
There is a regular need in the kernel to provide a way to declare having
a dynamically sized set of trailing elements in a structure. Kernel code
should always use “flexible array members”[1] for these cases. The older
style of one-element or zero-length arrays should no longer be used[2].
Refactor the code according to the use of a flexible-array member in
struct qed_ll2_tx_packet, instead of a one-element array and use the
struct_size() helper to calculate the size for the allocations. Commit
f5823fe689 ("qed: Add ll2 option to limit the number of bds per packet")
was used as a reference point for these changes.
Also, it's important to notice that flexible-array members should occur
last in any structure, and structures containing such arrays and that
are members of other structures, must also occur last in the containing
structure. That's why _cur_completing_packet_ is now moved to the bottom
in struct qed_ll2_tx_queue. _descq_mem_ and _cur_send_packet_ are also
moved for unification.
[1] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flexible_array_member
[2] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/v5.9-rc1/process/deprecated.html#zero-length-and-one-element-arrays
Tested-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/5f707198.PA1UCZ8MYozYZYAR%25lkp@intel.com/
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding reference clock (1us tic) for all LPI timer on Intel platforms.
The reference clock is derived from ptp clk. This also enables all LPI
counter.
Signed-off-by: Rusaimi Amira Ruslan <rusaimi.amira.rusaimi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds the driver_info and usb ids of the AX88179 based MCT U3-A9003 USB
3.0 ethernet adapter.
Signed-off-by: Wilken Gottwalt <wilken.gottwalt@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds the missing .stop entry in the Belkin driver_info structure.
Fixes: e20bd60bf6 ("net: usb: asix88179_178a: Add support for the Belkin B2B128")
Signed-off-by: Wilken Gottwalt <wilken.gottwalt@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ipa_uc_response_hdlr() a comment uses the wrong function name
when it describes where a clock reference is taken. Fix this.
Also fix the comment in ipa_uc_response_hdlr() to correctly refer to
ipa_uc_setup(), which is where the clock reference described here is
taken.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When "W=2" is supplied to the build command, we get a warning about
shadowing a global declaration (of a typedef) for a variable defined
in ipa_probe(). Rename the variable to get rid of the warning.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix two spots where a variable "channel_id" is unnecessarily
redefined inside loops in "gsi.c". This is warned about if
"W=2" is added to the build command.
Note that this problem is harmless, so there's no need to backport
it as a bugfix.
Remove a comment in gsi_init() about waking the system; the GSI
interrupt does not wake the system any more.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GSI general interrupt is managed by three registers: enable;
status; and clear. The three registers have same set of field bits
at the same locations. Use a common set of field masks for all
three registers to avoid duplication.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GSI global interrupt is managed by three registers: enable;
status; and clear. The three registers have same set of field bits
at the same locations. Use a common set of field masks for all
three registers to avoid duplication.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GSI interrupt type register and interrupt type mask register
have the same field bits at the same locations. Use a common set of
field masks for both registers rather than essentially duplicating
them. The only place the interrupt mask register uses any of these
is in gsi_irq_enable().
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the field masks used for fields in a status structure are
unused. Remove their definitions; we can add them back again when
we actually use them to handle arriving status messages. These are
warned about if "W=2" is added to the build command.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only the deaggregation status exception type is ever actually used.
If any other status exception type is reported we basically ignore
it, and consume the packet. Remove the unused definitions of status
exception type symbols; they can be added back when we actually
handle them.
Separately, two consecutive if statements test the same condition
near the top of ipa_endpoint_suspend_one(). Instead, use a single
test with a block that combines the previously-separate lines of
code.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three status opcodes are not currently supported. Symbols
representing their numeric values are defined but never used.
Remove those unused definitions; they can be defined again
when they actually get used.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In "gsi_trans.c", the field mask TRE_FLAGS_IEOB_FMASK is defined but
never used. Although there's no harm in defining this, remove it
for now and redefine it at some future date if it becomes needed.
This is warned about if "W=2" is added to the build command.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor send_control_ip_offload out of handle_query_ip_offload_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor send_query_ip_offload out of handle_request_cap_rsp to
pair with handle_query_ip_offload_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new name send_query_map pairs with handle_query_map_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new name send_request_cap pairs with handle_request_cap_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new name send_query_cap pairs with handle_query_cap_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set up the speed according to crq->query_phys_parms.rsp.speed.
Fix IBMVNIC_10GBPS typo.
Fixes: f8d6ae0d27 ("ibmvnic: Report actual backing device speed and duplex values")
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functions related to nested interface infrastructure such as
netdev_walk_all_{ upper | lower }_dev() pass both private functions
and "data" pointer to handle their own things.
At this point, the data pointer type is void *.
In order to make it easier to expand common variables and functions,
this new netdev_nested_priv structure is added.
In the following patch, a new member variable will be added into this
struct to fix the lockdep issue.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Try to recycle the xdp tx buffer into the in-irq page_pool cache if
mvneta_txq_bufs_free is executed in the NAPI context for XDP_TX use case
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add devices IDs for the next LOM generations that will be
available on the next Intel Client platform (Meteor Lake)
This patch provides the initial support for these devices
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
flash_bank_size and flash_base_addr field not in use and can
be removed from a nvm_info structure
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
When we set the BASET registers of i225 with a base_time in the
future, i225 will "hold" all packets until that base_time is reached,
causing a lot of TX Hangs.
As this behaviour seems contrary to the expectations of the IEEE
802.1Q standard (section 8.6.9, especially 8.6.9.4.5), let's start by
rejecting these types of schedules. If this is too limiting, we can
for example, setup a timer to configure the BASET registers closer to
the start time, only blocking the packets for a "short" while.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The next patch will need a way to retrieve the current timestamp from
the NIC's PTP clock.
The 'i225' suffix is removed, if anything model specific is needed,
those specifics should be hidden by this function.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Boolean reset disable flag not applicable for i225 device and
could be removed.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Many TSN features depend on the internal PTP clock, so the internal
PTP jumping when the adapter is reset can cause problems, usually in
the form of "TX Hangs" warnings in the driver.
The solution is to save the PTP time before a reset and restore it
after the reset is done. The value of the PTP time is saved before a
reset and we use the difference from CLOCK_MONOTONIC from reset time
to now, to correct what's going to be the new PTP time.
This is heavily inspired by commit bf4bf09bdd ("i40e: save PTP time
before a device reset").
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
In i225, it's no longer necessary to use the SYSTIMR register to
latch the timer value, the timestamp is latched when SYSTIML is read.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Completion to commit 900d1e8b34 ("igc: Add LPI counters")
LPI counters exposed by statistics update method.
A EEE TX LPI counter reflect the transmitter entries EEE (IEEE 802.3az)
into the LPI state. A EEE RX LPI counter reflect the receiver link
partner entries into EEE(IEEE 802.3az) LPI state.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
i225 advanced receive descriptor doesn't have the following extend error
bits: CE, SE, SEQ, CXE. In addition to that, the bit TCPE is called L4E
in the datasheet.
Clean up the code accordingly, and get rid of the macro
IGC_RXDEXT_ERR_FRAME_ERR_MASK since it doesn't make much sense anymore.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The Tx timestamp timeout is already checked by the watchdog_task
which runs periodically. In addition to that, from the ptp_tx work
perspective, if __IGC_PTP_TX_IN_PROGRESS flag is set we always want
handle the timestamp stored in hardware and update the skb. So remove
the timeout check in igc_ptp_tx_work() function.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The ptp_tx work is scheduled only if TSICR.TXTS bit is set, therefore
TSYNCTXCTL.TXTT_0 bit is expected to be set when we check it igc_ptp_tx_
work(). If it isn't, something is really off and rescheduling the ptp_tx
work to check it later doesn't help much. This patch changes the code to
WARN_ON_ONCE() if this situation ever happens.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Rename the IGC_TSYNCTXCTL_VALID macro to IGC_TSYNCTXCTL_TXTT_0 so it
matches the datasheet.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add new device ID's for the next step of the silicon and
reflect i221 and i226 parts
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Fixed flash presence check for 82576 controllers so the part
number string is read and displayed correctly.
Signed-off-by: Gal Hammer <ghammer@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add XDP support to the IGB driver.
The implementation follows the IXGBE XDP implementation
closely and I used the following patches as basis:
1. commit 9247080816 ("ixgbe: add XDP support for pass and drop actions")
2. commit 33fdc82f08 ("ixgbe: add support for XDP_TX action")
3. commit ed93a39871 ("ixgbe: tweak page counting for XDP_REDIRECT")
Due to the hardware constraints of the devices using the
IGB driver we must share the TX queues with XDP which
means locking the TX queue for XDP.
I ran tests on an older device to get better numbers.
Test machine:
Intel(R) Atom(TM) CPU C2338 @ 1.74GHz (2 Cores)
2x Intel I211
Routing Original Driver Network Stack: 382 Kpps
Routing XDP Redirect (xdp_fwd_kern): 1.48 Mpps
XDP Drop: 1.48 Mpps
Using XDP we can achieve line rate forwarding even on
an older Intel Atom CPU.
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Tested-by: Sandeep Penigalapati <sandeep.penigalapati@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Allow setting UDP_TUNNEL_NIC_INFO_STATIC_IANA_VXLAN.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert ice to the new infra, use share port tables.
Leave a tiny bit more error checking in place than usual,
because this driver really does quite a bit of magic.
We need to calculate the number of VxLAN and GENEVE entries
the firmware has reserved.
Thanks to the conversion the driver will no longer sleep in
an atomic section.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ice_get_open_tunnel_port() is always passed TNL_ALL
as the second parameter.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the "shared port table" to convert i40e to the new
infra.
i40e did not have any reference tracking, locking is also dodgy
because rtnl gets released while talking to FW, so port may get
removed from the table while it's getting added etc.
On the good side i40e does not seem to be using the ports for
TX so we can remove the table from the driver state completely.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to simulate a device with a shared UDP tunnel port
table.
Try to reject the configurations and actions which are not supported
by the core, so we don't get syzcaller etc. warning reports.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should never see a removal of a port which is not in the table
or adding a port to an occupied entry in the table. To make sure
such errors don't escape the checks in the test script add a
warning/kernel spat.
Error injection will not trigger those, nor should it ever put
us in a bad state.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the speed optimization bit on the DP83869 PHY.
Speed optimization, also known as link downshift, enables fallback to 100M
operation after multiple consecutive failed attempts at Gigabit link
establishment. Such a case could occur if cabling with only four wires
(two twisted pairs) were connected instead of the standard cabling with
eight wires (four twisted pairs).
The number of failed link attempts before falling back to 100M operation is
configurable. By default, four failed link attempts are required before
falling back to 100M.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds WoL support on TI DP83869 for magic, magic secure, unicast and
broadcast.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use devm_alloc_etherdev() to simplify the code instead of alloc_etherdev().
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Advertise S1G Capabilities and channels to mac80211.
Requires a few fixups to account for missing
sband->bitrates, and a custom regulatory db to actually
enable the S1G channels.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-18-thomas@adapt-ip.com
[small code cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
S1G beacons are different from normal management beacons, so write
the timestamp to the correct location there.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-17-thomas@adapt-ip.com
[rewrite commit message that was not useful after patch reordering]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When communicating with Hyper-V, HV_HYP_PAGE_SIZE should be used since
that's the page size used by Hyper-V and Hyper-V expects all
page-related data using the unit of HY_HYP_PAGE_SIZE, for example, the
"pfn" in hv_page_buffer is actually the HV_HYP_PAGE (i.e. the Hyper-V
page) number.
In order to support guest whose page size is not 4k, we need to make
hv_netvsc always use HV_HYP_PAGE_SIZE for Hyper-V communication.
Signed-off-by: Boqun Feng <boqun.feng@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Kelley <mikelley@microsoft.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200916034817.30282-8-boqun.feng@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu@kernel.org>
Mistakenly bit 2 was set instead of bit 3 as in the vendor driver.
Fixes: a7a92cf815 ("r8169: sync PCIe PHY init with vendor driver 8.047.01")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current logic that calculates the preset maximum value for combined
channel does not take into account the rings used for XDP and mqprio
TCs. Each of these features will reduce the number of TX rings. Add
the logic to divide the TX rings accordingly based on whether the
device is currently in XDP mode and whether TCs are in use.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature allows the user to set the different FEC modes on the NIC
port. Any new setting will take effect immediately after a link toggle.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code is reporting the FEC configured settings during link up.
Change it to report the more useful active FEC encoding that may be
negotiated or auto detected.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement .get_fecparam() method to report the configured and active FEC
settings. Also report the supported and advertised FEC settings to
the .get_link_ksettings() method.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PORT_PHY_CONFIG is always sent with REQ_FLAGS_RESET_PHY set. This flag
must be set in order for the firmware to institute the requested PHY
change immediately, but it results in a link flap. This is unnecessary
and results in an improved user experience if the PHY reconfiguration
is avoided when the user requested speed does not constitute a change.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some 200G dual port NICs, if one port is configured to 200G,
firmware will disable the ethernet link on the other port. Firmware
will send notification to the driver for the disabled port when this
happens. Define a new field in the link_info structure to keep track
of this state. The new phy_state field replaces the unused loop_back
field.
Log a message when the phy_state changes state. In the disabled state,
disallow any PHY configurations on the disabled port as the firmware
will fail all calls to configure the PHY in this state.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ethtool PAM4 link modes for:
50000baseCR_Full
100000baseCR2_Full
200000baseCR4_Full
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware interface has added support for new link speeds using
PAM4 modulation. Expand the bnxt_link_info structure to closely
mirror the new firmware structures. Add logic to copy the PAM4
capabilities and settings from the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be necessary to update more than one field in the link_info
structure when PAM4 speeds are added in a later patch. Instead of
merely translating ethtool speed values to firmware speed values,
change the responsiblity of this function to update all the necessary
link_info fields required to force the speed change to the desired
ethtool value. This also reduces code duplication somewhat at the two
call sites, which otherwise both have to independently update link_info
fields to turn off auto negotiation advertisements.
Also use the appropriate REQ_FORCE_LINK_SPEED definitions. These happen
to have the same values, but req_link_speed is utilimately passed as
force_link_speed in HWRM_PORT_PHY_CFG which is not defined in terms of
REQ_AUTO_LINK_SPEED.
Reviewed-by: Scott Branden <scott.branden@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the code for determining an advertised speed is no longer
supported into a separate function. This will avoid some code
duplication in a later patch when supporting PAM4 speeds, since
these speeds are specified in a separate field.
Reviewed-by: Scott Branden <scott.branden@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The main changes include FEC, ECN statistics, HWRM_PORT_PHY_QCFG
response size reduction, and a new counter added to
ctx_hw_stats_ext struct to support the new 58818 chip.
The ctx_hw_stats_ext structure is now the superset supporting the new
58818 chips and the prior P5 chips. Add a new flag to identify the new
chip and use constants for the chip specific ring statistics sizes
instead of the size of the structure.
Because the HWRM_PORT_PHY_QCFG response structure size has shrunk back
to 96 bytes, the workaround added earlier to limit the size of this
message for forwarding to the VF can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvpp2/mvpp2_main.c:7084:36: warning: ‘mvpp2_acpi_match’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
7084 | static const struct acpi_device_id mvpp2_acpi_match[] = {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Wrap the definition inside #ifdef/#endif.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add structures for port statistics which read from core and not directly
from registers.
When netdev's ethtool statistics are queried, query the corresponding
module's overheat counter from core and expose it as
"transceiver_overheat".
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Module temperature warning events are enabled for modules that have a
temperature sensor and configured according to the temperature
thresholds queried from the module.
When a module is unplugged we are guaranteed not to get temperature
warning events. However, when a module is plugged in we need to
potentially update its current settings (i.e., event enablement and
thresholds).
Register to port module plug/unplug events and update module's settings
upon plug in events.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The overheat counter is a per-module counter, but it is exposed as part
of the corresponding netdev's statistics. It should therefore be
presented to user space relative to the netdev's lifetime.
Query the counter just before registering the netdev, so that the value
exposed to user space will be relative to this initial value.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MTWE (Management Temperature Warning Event) is triggered for sensors
whose temperature event enable bit is enabled in the MTMP register.
Enable events for all the modules that have a temperature sensor.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MTWE (Management Temperature Warning Event) is triggered when module's
temperature is higher than its threshold.
Register for MTWE events and increase the module's overheat counter when
its corresponding sensor goes above the configured threshold.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize an array that stores per-module overheat state and a counter
indicating how many times the module was in overheat state.
Export a function to query the counter according to module number.
Will be used later on by the switch driver (i.e., mlxsw_spectrum) to expose
module's overheat counter as part of ethtool statistics.
Initialize mlxsw_env after driver initialization to be able to query
number of modules from MGPIR register.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MTMP register controls various temperature settings on a per-sensor
basis. Subsequent patches are going to alter some of these settings for
sensors found on port modules in response to certain events.
In order to prevent the current callers that write to MTMP from
overriding these settings, have them first query the register and then
change only the relevant register fields.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PMAOS register configures and retrieves the per module status.
The register is used also for enabling event for status change.
It will be used to enable PMPE (Port Module Plug/Unplug) event.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PMPE register reports any operational status change of a module.
It will be used for enabling temperature warning event when a module is
plugged in.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add MTWE (Management Temperature Warning Event) register, which is used
for over temperature warning.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As function hclge_shaper_para_calc() has too many arguments to add
more, so encapsulate its three arguments ir_b, ir_u, ir_s into a
structure.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device specifications querying is unsupported by the old
firmware, in this case, these specifications are 0. However,
some specifications should not be 0 or will cause problem.
So after querying from firmware, some device specifications
are needed to check their value and set to default value if
their values are 0.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The max tm rate is a fixed value(100Gb/s) now as it is defined by a
macro. In order to support other rates in different kinds of device,
it is better to use specification queried from firmware to replace
this macro.
As function hclge_shaper_para_calc() has too many arguments to add
more, so encapsulate its three arguments ir_b, ir_u, ir_s into a
structure.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To improve code maintainability and compatibility, new commands
HCLGE_OPC_QUERY_DEV_SPECS for PF and HCLGEVF_OPC_QUERY_DEV_SPECS
for VF are introduced to query device specifications, instead of
statically defining specifications by checking the hardware version
or other methods.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds debugfs to dump each device capability whether is supported.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to improve code maintainability and compatibility, the
capabilities of new features are queried from firmware.
The member flag in struct hnae3_ae_dev indicates not only
capabilities, but some initialized status. As capabilities bits
queried from firmware is too many, it is better to use new member
to indicate them. So adds member capabs in struce hnae3_ae_dev.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the revision of the pci device is used to identify
whether FEC is supported, which is not good for maintainability
and compatibility. So use a capability flag to do that.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to improve code maintainability and compatibility,
add support to query the device capability by expanding the
existing version query command. The device capability refers
to the features supported by the device.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fibre device of PCI revision 0x20 don't support autoneg, and the ops
get_autoneg() return AUTONEG_DISABLE so function hns3_nway_reset()
will return earlier than judging PCI revision.
Function hclge_handle_rocee_ras_error() don't need to judge PCI
revision again because its caller hclge_handle_hw_ras_error() has
judged once.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To better identify the device version, struct hnae3_handle adds a
member dev_version to replace pci revision. The dev_version consists
of hardware version and PCI revision. The hardware version is queried
from firmware by an existing firmware version query command.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_group_id_get() fails, the mutex initialized earlier
is not destroyed.
Fix this by initializing the mutex after calling the function. This is
symmetric to mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_group_del().
Fixes: 5ec2ee28d2 ("mlxsw: spectrum_acl: Introduce a mutex to guard region list updates")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix build error by selecting MDIO_DEVRES for MDIO_THUNDER.
Fixes this build error:
ld: drivers/net/phy/mdio-thunder.o: in function `thunder_mdiobus_pci_probe':
drivers/net/phy/mdio-thunder.c:78: undefined reference to `devm_mdiobus_alloc_size'
Fixes: 379d7ac7ca ("phy: mdio-thunder: Add driver for Cavium Thunder SoC MDIO buses.")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "ethtool" debugfs directory holds per-netdev knobs, so move
it from the device instance directory to the port directory.
This fixes the following warning when creating multiple ports:
debugfs: Directory 'ethtool' with parent 'netdevsim1' already present!
Fixes: ff1f7c17fb ("netdevsim: add pause frame stats")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 2 goals that we follow:
- Reduce the header size
- Make the header size equal between RX and TX
The issue that required long prefix on RX was the fact that the ocelot
DSA tag, being put before Ethernet as it is, would overlap with the area
that a DSA master uses for RX filtering (destination MAC address
mainly).
Now that we can ask DSA to put the master in promiscuous mode, in theory
we could remove the prefix altogether and call it a day, but it looks
like we can't. Using no prefix on ingress, some packets (such as ICMP)
would be received, while others (such as PTP) would not be received.
This is because the DSA master we use (enetc) triggers parse errors
("MAC rx frame errors") presumably because it sees Ethernet frames with
a bad length. And indeed, when using no prefix, the EtherType (bytes
12-13 of the frame, bits 96-111) falls over the REW_VAL field from the
extraction header, aka the PTP timestamp.
When turning the short (32-bit) prefix on, the EtherType overlaps with
bits 64-79 of the extraction header, which are a reserved area
transmitted as zero by the switch. The packets are not dropped by the
DSA master with a short prefix. Actually, the frames look like this in
tcpdump (below is a PTP frame, with an extra dsa_8021q tag - dadb 0482 -
added by a downstream sja1105).
89:0c:a9:f2:01:00 > 88:80:00:0a:00:1d, 802.3, length 0: LLC, \
dsap Unknown (0x10) Individual, ssap ProWay NM (0x0e) Response, \
ctrl 0x0004: Information, send seq 2, rcv seq 0, \
Flags [Response], length 78
0x0000: 8880 000a 001d 890c a9f2 0100 0000 100f ................
0x0010: 0400 0000 0180 c200 000e 001f 7b63 0248 ............{c.H
0x0020: dadb 0482 88f7 1202 0036 0000 0000 0000 .........6......
0x0030: 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 001f 7bff fe63 ............{..c
0x0040: 0248 0001 1f81 0500 0000 0000 0000 0000 .H..............
0x0050: 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 ............
So the short prefix is our new default: we've shortened our RX frames by
12 octets, increased TX by 4, and headers are now equal between RX and
TX. Note that we still need promiscuous mode for the DSA master to not
drop it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the ocelot_configure_cpu() function, which was in fact bringing
up 2 ports: the CPU port module, which both switchdev and DSA have, and
the NPI port, which only DSA has.
The (non-Ethernet) CPU port module is at a fixed index in the analyzer,
whereas the NPI port is selected through the "ethernet" property in the
device tree.
Therefore, the function to set up an NPI port is DSA-specific, so we
move it there, simplifying the ocelot switch library a little bit.
Cc: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: UNGLinuxDriver <UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 546c044c96.
Nothing prevents user from sending frames to "external" VxLAN devices.
In fact kernel itself may generate icmp chatter.
This is fine, such frames should be dropped.
The point of the "missing encapsulation" warning was that
frames with missing encap should not make it into vxlan_xmit_one().
And vxlan_xmit() drops them cleanly, so let it just do that.
Without this revert the warning is triggered by the udp_tunnel_nic.sh
test, but the minimal repro is:
$ ip link add vxlan0 type vxlan \
group 239.1.1.1 \
dev lo \
dstport 1234 \
external
$ ip li set dev vxlan0 up
[ 419.165981] vxlan0: Missing encapsulation instructions
[ 419.166551] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1041 at drivers/net/vxlan.c:2889 vxlan_xmit+0x15c0/0x1fc0 [vxlan]
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support the recently added DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_OVERWRITE_MASK
parameter in the ice flash update handler. Convert the overwrite mask
bitfield into the appropriate preservation level used by the firmware
when updating.
Because there is no equivalent preservation level for overwriting only
identifiers, this combination is rejected by the driver as not supported
with an appropriate extended ACK message.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The devlink interface recently gained support for a new "overwrite mask"
parameter that allows specifying how various sub-sections of a flash
component are modified when updating.
Add support for this to netdevsim, to enable easily testing the
interface. Make the allowed overwrite mask values controllable via
a debugfs parameter. This enables testing a flow where the driver
rejects an unsupportable overwrite mask.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The devlink core recently gained support for checking whether the driver
supports a flash_update parameter, via `supported_flash_update_params`.
However, parameters are specified as function arguments. Adding a new
parameter still requires modifying the signature of the .flash_update
callback in all drivers.
Convert the .flash_update function to take a new `struct
devlink_flash_update_params` instead. By using this structure, and the
`supported_flash_update_params` bit field, a new parameter to
flash_update can be added without requiring modification to existing
drivers.
As before, all parameters except file_name will require driver opt-in.
Because file_name is a necessary field to for the flash_update to make
sense, no "SUPPORTED" bitflag is provided and it is always considered
valid. All future additional parameters will require a new bit in the
supported_flash_update_params bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When implementing .flash_update, drivers which do not support
per-component update are manually checking the component parameter to
verify that it is NULL. Without this check, the driver might accept an
update request with a component specified even though it will not honor
such a request.
Instead of having each driver check this, move the logic into
net/core/devlink.c, and use a new `supported_flash_update_params` field
in the devlink_ops. Drivers which will support per-component update must
now specify this by setting DEVLINK_SUPPORT_FLASH_UPDATE_COMPONENT in
the supported_flash_update_params in their devlink_ops.
This helps ensure that drivers do not forget to check for a NULL
component if they do not support per-component update. This also enables
a slightly better error message by enabling the core stack to set the
netlink bad attribute message to indicate precisely the unsupported
attribute in the message.
Going forward, any new additional parameter to flash update will require
a bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver subfolder files refer parent folder includes in an
absolute manner.
Makefile contains a -I for this, but apparently that does not
work if object tree is separated.
Adding srctree to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a null-check for _pcs_, but it is being dereferenced
prior to this null-check. So, if _pcs_ can actually be null,
then there is a potential null pointer dereference that should
be fixed by null-checking _pcs_ before being dereferenced.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1497159 ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 94ae899b20 ("dpaa2-mac: add PCS support through the Lynx module")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SHARED_FS is enabled on a DPNI object the flow steering tables are
shared between all the traffic classes. Modify the driver so that we
only add a new flow steering entry on the TC#0 when this new option is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Ionut-robert Aron <ionut-robert.aron@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call to dpaa2_eth_link_state_update() is a leftover from the time
when on DPAA2 platforms the PHYs were started at boot time so when an
ifconfig was issued on the associated interface, the link status needed
to be checked directly from the ndo_open() callback.
This is not needed anymore since we are now properly integrated with the
PHY layer thus a link interrupt will come directly from the PHY
eventually without the need to call the sync function.
Fix this up by removing the call to dpaa2_eth_link_state_update().
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to check if both the MDIO controller node and its
child node, the PCS device, are available since there is no chance that
the child node would be enabled when the parent it's not.
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding the support for TBF offload, the improper command version
was added even though the command format is for the V2 of
dpni_set_tx_shaping(). This does not affect the functionality of TBF
since the only change between these two versions is the addition of the
exceeded parameters which are not used in TBF. Still, fix the bug so
that we keep things in sync.
Fixes: 39344a8962 ("dpaa2-eth: add API for Tx shaping")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds the driver_info and usb ids of the AX88179 based Toshiba USB 3.0
ethernet adapter.
Signed-off-by: Wilken Gottwalt <wilken.gottwalt@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices set needed_headroom. If we ignore it, we might
end up crashing in various skb_push() for example in ipgre_header()
since some layers assume enough headroom has been reserved.
Fixes: 1d76efe157 ("team: add support for non-ethernet devices")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit aab8cc3630
("vxlan: add support for underlay in non-default VRF")
vxlan_find_sock() also checks if socket is assigned to the right
level 3 master device when lower device is not in the default VRF.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_configure_link is always checked if < 0 for error code.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vxlan_xmit_one() was only called from vxlan_xmit() without rdst and
info was already tested. Emit warning in that function instead
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
small optimization around checking as it's being done in all
receptions
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
call vxlan_remcsum() before md filling in vxlan_rcv()
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To start also "phy state machine", with UP state as it should be,
the phy_start() has to be used, in another case machine even is not
triggered. After this change negotiation is supposed to be triggered
by SM workqueue.
It's not correct usage, but it appears after the following patch,
so add it as a fix.
Fixes: 74a992b359 ("net: phy: add phy_check_link_status")
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ikhoronz@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While unloading the dwmac-intel driver, clk_disable_unprepare() is
being called twice in stmmac_dvr_remove() and
intel_eth_pci_remove(). This causes kernel panic on the second call.
Removing the second call of clk_disable_unprepare() in
intel_eth_pci_remove().
Fixes: 09f012e64e ("stmmac: intel: Fix clock handling on error and remove paths")
Cc: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wong Vee Khee <vee.khee.wong@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add option in plat_stmmacenet_data struct to enable VLAN Filter Fail
Queuing. This option allows packets that fail VLAN filter to be routed
to a specific Rx queue when Receive All is also set.
When this option is enabled:
- Enable VFFQ only when entering promiscuous mode, because Receive All
will pass up all rx packets that failed address filtering (similar to
promiscuous mode).
- VLAN-promiscuous mode is never entered to allow rx packet to fail VLAN
filters and get routed to selected VFFQ Rx queue.
Reviewed-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuah, Kim Tatt <kim.tatt.chuah@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit dacce2be33 ("vmxnet3: add geneve and vxlan tunnel offload
support") added support for encapsulation offload. However, the inner
offload capability is to be restrictued to UDP tunnels.
This patch fixes the issue for non-udp tunnels by adding features
check capability and filtering appropriate features for non-udp tunnels.
Fixes: dacce2be33 ("vmxnet3: add geneve and vxlan tunnel offload support")
Signed-off-by: Ronak Doshi <doshir@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return the driver name and ASIC ID so that generic user space
application are able to know they're looking at sja1105 devlink regions
when pretty-printing them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in Documentation/networking/dsa/sja1105.rst, this switch
has a static config held in the driver's memory and re-uploaded from
time to time into the device (after any major change).
The format of this static config is in fact described in UM10944.pdf and
it contains all the switch's settings (it also contains device ID, table
CRCs, etc, just like in the manual). So it is a useful and universal
devlink region to expose to user space, for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll have more devlink code soon. Group it together in a separate
translation object.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the W=1 cleanups for ethernet, a million [*] driver
comments had to be cleaned up to get the W=1 compilation to
succeed. This change finally makes the drivers/net/ethernet tree
compile with W=1 set on the command line. NOTE: The kernel uses
kdoc style (see Documentation/process/kernel-doc.rst) when
documenting code, not doxygen or other styles.
After this patch the x86_64 build has no warnings from W=1, however
scripts/kernel-doc says there are 1545 more warnings in source files, that
I need to develop a script to fix in a followup patch.
The errors fixed here are all kdoc of a few classes, with a few outliers:
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/netxen/netxen_nic_hw.c:10:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/netxen/netxen_nic.h:1193:18: warning: ‘FW_DUMP_LEVELS’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
1193 | static const u32 FW_DUMP_LEVELS[] = { 0x3, 0x7, 0xf, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x7f, 0xff };
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
... repeats 4 times...
drivers/net/ethernet/sun/cassini.c:2084:24: warning: suggest braces around empty body in an ‘else’ statement [-Wempty-body]
2084 | RX_USED_ADD(page, i);
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c: In function ‘phy_intr’:
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c:603:6: warning: variable ‘tbisr’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
603 | u32 tbisr, tanar, tanlpar;
| ^~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c: In function ‘ns83820_get_link_ksettings’:
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c:1207:11: warning: variable ‘tanar’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
1207 | u32 cfg, tanar, tbicr;
| ^~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/packetengines/yellowfin.c:1063:18: warning: variable ‘yf_size’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
1063 | int data_size, yf_size;
| ^~~~~~~
Normal kdoc fixes:
warning: Function parameter or member 'x' not described in 'y'
warning: Excess function parameter 'x' description in 'y'
warning: Cannot understand <string> on line <NNN> - I thought it was a doc line
[*] - ok it wasn't quite a million, but it felt like it.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kernel-doc script as used by W=1, is confused by the macro
usage inside the header describing the efx_ptp_data struct.
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/ptp.c:345: warning: Function parameter or member 'MC_CMD_PTP_IN_TRANSMIT_LENMAX' not described in 'efx_ptp_data'
After some discussion on the list, break this patch out to
a separate one, and fix the issue through a creative
macro declaration.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the W=1 series for ethernet, these drivers were
discovered to be using kdoc style comments but were not actually
doing kdoc. The kernel uses kdoc style when documenting code, not
doxygen or other styles.
Fixed Warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_com.c:613: warning: Function parameter or member 'ena_dev' not described in 'ena_com_set_llq'
drivers/net/ethernet/aquantia/atlantic/hw_atl/hw_atl_b0.c:1540: warning: Cannot understand * @brief Set VLAN filter table
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:114: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_indirect_busywait'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:129: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_indirect_in32'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:129: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_indirect_in32'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:147: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_indirect_in32_locked'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:147: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_indirect_in32_locked'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:172: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:172: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:172: warning: Function parameter or member 'value' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:188: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32_locked'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:188: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32_locked'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:188: warning: Function parameter or member 'value' not described in 'temac_indirect_out32_locked'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:212: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_dma_in32_be'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:212: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_dma_in32_be'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:228: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_dma_out32_be'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:228: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_dma_out32_be'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:228: warning: Function parameter or member 'value' not described in 'temac_dma_out32_be'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:247: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_dma_dcr_in'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:247: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_dma_dcr_in'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:255: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_dma_dcr_out'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:255: warning: Function parameter or member 'reg' not described in 'temac_dma_dcr_out'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:255: warning: Function parameter or member 'value' not described in 'temac_dma_dcr_out'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:265: warning: Function parameter or member 'lp' not described in 'temac_dcr_setup'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:265: warning: Function parameter or member 'op' not described in 'temac_dcr_setup'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:265: warning: Function parameter or member 'np' not described in 'temac_dcr_setup'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:300: warning: Function parameter or member 'ndev' not described in 'temac_dma_bd_release'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:330: warning: Function parameter or member 'ndev' not described in 'temac_dma_bd_init'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:600: warning: Function parameter or member 'ndev' not described in 'temac_setoptions'
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:600: warning: Function parameter or member 'options' not described in 'temac_setoptions'
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A couple of drivers had a "generic documentation" section that
would trigger a "can't understand" message from W=1 compiles.
Fix by using correct DOC: tags in the generic sections.
Fixed Warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/emac_arc.c:4: info: Scanning doc for c
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb_pci.c:3: warning: missing initial short description on line:
* Cadence GEM PCI wrapper.
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb_pci.c:3: info: Scanning doc for Cadence
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While fixing the W=1 builds, this warning came up because the
developers used a very tricky way to get structures initialized
to a non-zero value, but this causes GCC to warn about an
override. In this case the override was intentional, so just
disable the warning for this code with a kernel macro that results
in disabling the warning for compiles on GCC versions after 8.
It is not appropriate to change the struct to initialize all the
values as it will just add a lot more code for no value. The code
is completely correct as is, we just want to acknowledge that
this code could generate a warning and we're ok with that.
NOTE: the __diag_ignore macro currently only accepts a second
argument of 8 (version 80000), it's either use this one or
open code the pragma.
Fixed Warnings example (all the same):
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c:51:12: warning: initialized field overwritten [-Woverride-init]
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c:52:12: warning: initialized field overwritten [-Woverride-init]
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c:53:13: warning: initialized field overwritten [-Woverride-init]
+ 256 more...
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The W=1 builds showed a few files exporting functions
(non-static) that were not prototyped. What actually happened is
that there were prototypes, but the include file was forgotten in
the implementation file.
Add the include file and remove the warnings.
Fixed Warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn68xx_device.c:124:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘lio_setup_cn68xx_octeon_device’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:159:1: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_pci_read_core_mem’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:168:1: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_pci_write_core_mem’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:176:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_read_device_mem64’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:185:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_read_device_mem32’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:194:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_write_device_mem32’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_dcb.c:453:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘hclge_dcb_ops_set’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the W=1 compliation series, these lines all created
warnings about unused variables that were assigned a value. Most
of them are from register reads, but some are just picking up
a return value from a function and never doing anything with it.
Fixed warnings:
.../ethernet/brocade/bna/bnad.c:3280:6: warning: variable ‘rx_count’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/brocade/bna/bnad.c:3280:6: warning: variable ‘rx_count’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/cortina/gemini.c:512:6: warning: variable ‘val’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/cortina/gemini.c:2110:21: warning: variable ‘config0’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c:1327:6: warning: variable ‘val32’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c:1358:6: warning: variable ‘val32’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/dec/tulip/media.c:322:8: warning: variable ‘setup’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/dec/tulip/de4x5.c:4928:13: warning: variable ‘r3’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:1652:7: warning: variable ‘dummy’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:1652:7: warning: variable ‘dummy’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:1652:7: warning: variable ‘dummy’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:1652:7: warning: variable ‘dummy’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:4981:6: warning: variable ‘rx_status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:6510:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:6087: warning: cannot understand function prototype: 'struct hw_regs '
.../ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:161:6: warning: variable ‘int_en’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:1702:6: warning: variable ‘int_sts’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:3041:6: warning: variable ‘ret’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c:603:6: warning: variable ‘tbisr’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c:1207:11: warning: variable ‘tanar’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:754:6: warning: variable ‘dummy’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:33:6: warning: variable ‘val64’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:160:6: warning: variable ‘val64’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:490:6: warning: variable ‘val32’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:2378:6: warning: variable ‘val64’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/packetengines/yellowfin.c:1063:18: warning: variable ‘yf_size’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/realtek/8139cp.c:1242:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/en_tx.c:858:6: warning: variable ‘ring_cons’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sis/sis900.c:792:6: warning: variable ‘status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:878:11: warning: variable ‘rx_ev_pkt_type’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:877:23: warning: variable ‘rx_ev_mcast_pkt’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:877:7: warning: variable ‘rx_ev_hdr_type’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:876:7: warning: variable ‘rx_ev_other_err’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:1646:21: warning: variable ‘buftbl_min’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/sfc/falcon/farch.c:2535:32: warning: variable ‘spec’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/via/via-velocity.c:880:6: warning: variable ‘curr_status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/ti/tlan.c:656:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/ti/davinci_emac.c:1230:6: warning: variable ‘num_tx_pkts’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/synopsys/dwc-xlgmac-common.c:516:8: warning: variable ‘str’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../ethernet/ti/cpsw_new.c:1662:22: warning: variable ‘priv’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
The register reads should be OK, because the current
implementation of readl and friends will always execute even
without an lvalue.
When it makes sense, just remove the lvalue assignment and the
local. Other times, just remove the offending code, and
occasionally, just mark the variable as maybe unused since it
could be used in an ifdef or debug scenario.
Only compile tested with W=1.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove variables that were storing a return value from a register
read or other read, where the return value wasn't used. Those
conversions to remove the lvalue of the assignment should be safe
because the readl memory mapped reads are marked volatile and
should not be optimized out without an lvalue (I suspect a very
long time ago this wasn't guaranteed as it is today).
These changes are part of a separate patch to make it easier to review.
Warnings Fixed:
.../intel/e100.c:2596:9: warning: variable ‘err’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/ixgb/ixgb_hw.c:101:6: warning: variable ‘icr_reg’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/ixgb/ixgb_hw.c:277:6: warning: variable ‘ctrl_reg’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/ixgb/ixgb_hw.c:952:15: warning: variable ‘temp_reg’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/ixgb/ixgb_hw.c:1164:7: warning: variable ‘mdio_reg’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:132:6: warning: variable ‘ret_val’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:380:6: warning: variable ‘icr’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:2378:6: warning: variable ‘signal’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:2374:6: warning: variable ‘ctrl’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:2373:6: warning: variable ‘rxcw’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
.../intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:4678:15: warning: variable ‘temp’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This takes care of all of the trivial W=1 fixes in the Intel
Ethernet drivers, which allows developers and maintainers to
build more of the networking tree with more complete warning
checks.
There are three classes of kdoc warnings fixed:
- cannot understand function prototype: 'x'
- Excess function parameter 'x' description in 'y'
- Function parameter or member 'x' not described in 'y'
All of the changes were trivial comment updates on
function headers.
Inspired by Lee Jones' series of wireless work to do the same.
Compile tested only, and passes simple test of
$ git ls-files *.[ch] | egrep drivers/net/ethernet/intel | \
xargs scripts/kernel-doc -none
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-09-25
This series contains updates to the iavf and ice driver.
Sylwester fixes a crash with iavf resume due to getting the wrong pointers.
Ani fixes a call trace in ice resume by calling pci_save_state().
Jakes fixes memory leaks in case of register_netdev() failure or
ice_cfg_vsi_lan() failure for the ice driver.
v2: Rebased; no other changes
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Second set of patches for v5.10. Biggest change here is wcn3680
support to wcn36xx driver, otherwise smaller features. And naturally
the usual fixes and cleanups.
Major changes:
brcmfmac
* support 4-way handshake offloading for WPA/WPA2-PSK in AP mode
* support SAE authentication offload in AP mode
mt76
* mt7663 runtime power management improvements
* mt7915 A-MSDU offload
wcn36xx
* add support wcn3680 Wi-Fi 5 devices
ath11k
* spectral scan support for ipq6018
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJfbhn8AAoJEG4XJFUm622bFnMH/jI1Q+DXi2/sn3L01onNABqE
0M/HiZj/Gli2kYrIFiXKzCCVZBA/5CIZefh8Q+brsH4ZonJriTJ/VnJcGdDU68FK
ZqWSAkJ6+pJSaq7O/LofoTw+G0N64GPVN88ZqDMSoCyS8LDsE2QSjX6WEdeX7i9t
BWLcdXJ/brPzxtoH43c+w05syM+NCzPACUEKADa0KU5pg+MKHqtL/2FN8CecyU8k
ylzwH7w99mLBU3dDi8Q+EcUzOa0E+B7h56+BCcy/opCPZl0u2KGKcX/bRib1BwIB
wAChlEppwK/x8G8ViqxkrDVn1IiY2mnlFvdExuOlWqmVqwcccY8lEe19iAnzrV4=
=Xrmx
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-2020-09-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers-next patches for v5.10
Second set of patches for v5.10. Biggest change here is wcn3680
support to wcn36xx driver, otherwise smaller features. And naturally
the usual fixes and cleanups.
Major changes:
brcmfmac
* support 4-way handshake offloading for WPA/WPA2-PSK in AP mode
* support SAE authentication offload in AP mode
mt76
* mt7663 runtime power management improvements
* mt7915 A-MSDU offload
wcn36xx
* add support wcn3680 Wi-Fi 5 devices
ath11k
* spectral scan support for ipq6018
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Second, and last, set of fixes for v5.9. Only one important regression
fix for mt76.
mt76
* fix a regression in aggregation which appeared after mac80211 changes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJfbgEgAAoJEG4XJFUm622b/xgIAJExHKQRp/i+BLvPeeiykx9z
HzfM9RCh0LwGOowaeJWgPsGsgqpGEhCBcT5L5bBy5tiAo+yz0dIBG1A2qdT1Onyv
jkKmPTELqpUoNGcx2TsbhyuvIvSqVR+eRizKmClNV784H0/z5y+opDMoYfmwPHY3
pXrOip05T0EaB89ay6DBYS+gj+va1z577jtvggNS/4rtQt00rcWgEdcV2dvHEufP
fPBpjDtp0fDOvb+4HquPPdAcWJ/lu03gqJj5nloVB04M8TapGyeES1pN+RKNrD60
2+yGUBLaCx/3JmaMQma+WAviWey47G23iLOTc9Mo5R6LkMGTo3WnDswb8dP1fOY=
=ryBL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-2020-09-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for v5.9
Second, and last, set of fixes for v5.9. Only one important regression
fix for mt76.
mt76
* fix a regression in aggregation which appeared after mac80211 changes
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kbuild bot reported than link fails when CONFIG_ATH11K_DEBUGFS is disabled:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath11k/dp_rx.c:1662: undefined reference to `ath11k_debugfs_htt_ext_stats_handler'
This was because I had missed to move the static inline version of the function
(which are used when CONFIG_ATH11K_DEBUGFS is disabled) to debufs_htt_stats.h.
Also move ath11k_debugfs_htt_stats_req() at the same time. And create a stub
also for ath11k_debugfs_htt_stats_init() for consistency, even if it's not
needed.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Fixes: 568f06036e ("ath11k: debugfs: move some function declarations to correct header files")
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1601024241-16594-1-git-send-email-kvalo@codeaurora.org
During ice_vsi_setup, if ice_cfg_vsi_lan fails, it does not properly
release memory associated with the VSI rings. If we had used devres
allocations for the rings, this would be ok. However, we use kzalloc and
kfree_rcu for these ring structures.
Using the correct label to cleanup the rings during ice_vsi_setup
highlights an issue in the ice_vsi_clear_rings function: it can leave
behind stale ring pointers in the q_vectors structure.
When releasing rings, we must also ensure that no q_vector associated
with the VSI will point to this ring again. To resolve this, loop over
all q_vectors and release their ring mapping. Because we are about to
free all rings, no q_vector should remain pointing to any of the rings
in this VSI.
Fixes: 5513b920a4 ("ice: Update Tx scheduler tree for VSI multi-Tx queue support")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The ice_setup_pf_sw function can cause a memory leak if register_netdev
fails, due to accidentally failing to free the VSI rings. Fix the memory
leak by using ice_vsi_release, ensuring we actually go through the full
teardown process.
This should be safe even if the netdevice is not registered because we
will have set the netdev pointer to NULL, ensuring ice_vsi_release won't
call unregister_netdev.
An alternative fix would be moving management of the PF VSI netdev into
the main VSI setup code. This is complicated and likely requires
significant refactor in how we manage VSIs
Fixes: 3a858ba392 ("ice: Add support for VSI allocation and deallocation")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
It appears that the ice_suspend flow is missing a call to pci_save_state
and this is triggering the message "State of device not saved by
ice_suspend" and a call trace. Fix it.
Fixes: 769c500dcc ("ice: Add advanced power mgmt for WoL")
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
When calling iavf_resume there was a crash because wrong
function was used to get iavf_adapter and net_device pointers.
Changed how iavf_resume is getting iavf_adapter and net_device
pointers from pci_dev.
Fixes: 5eae00c57f ("i40evf: main driver core")
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Dziedziuch <sylwesterx.dziedziuch@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Use the new non-coherent DMA API including proper ownership transfers.
This includes adding additional calls to dma_sync_desc_dev as the
old syncing was rather ad-hoc.
Thanks to Thomas Bogendoerfer for debugging the ownership transfer
issues.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Tested-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de>
Use the new non-coherent DMA API including proper ownership transfers.
This includes moving the DMA helpers to lib82596 based of an ifdef to
avoid include order problems.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Tested-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de> (SNI part)
This allows us to get rid of the LIB82596_DMA_ATTR defined and prepare
for untangling the coherent vs non-coherent DMA allocation API.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Tested-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de> (SNI part)
The au1000-eth driver contains none of the manual cache synchronization
required for using DMA_ATTR_NON_CONSISTENT. From what I can tell it
can be used on both dma coherent and non-coherent DMA platforms, but
I suspect it has been buggy on the non-coherent platforms all along.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
VF devices do not have speed division, its speed is depended on its PF.
So macro name of PCI device id of VF is incorrent to have 100G info, it
should be renamed by removing 100G info.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 200G device has a new device id 0xA228, so adds this device id to
pci table, then the driver can probe it.
As speed_ability queried from firmware has only 8 bits and already be
used up, so firmware adds extra speed_ability_ext to indicate more
speed abilities to support 200G and driver needs to parse it.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pf's interrupt resources will be changed with the number of
enabled pf. Dumping this resource information will be helpful
for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In hns3_process_hw_error(), the hardware error detection of the
ROCEE AXI RESP error type is added. When this error occurs,
the client needs to be notified of this error and take
corresponding operation.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a variable is assigned a value before it is used, it's no
need to assign an initial value to the variable. So remove
these redundant operations.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some unnecessary parameters of hclge_title_idx_print(),
and rename this function for readability.
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MDIO reads can happen during PHY probing, and printing an error with
dev_err can result in a large number of error messages during device
probe. On a platform with a serial console this can result in
excessively long boot times in a way that looks like an infinite loop
when multiple busses are present. Since 0f183fd151 (net/fsl: enable
extended scanning in xgmac_mdio) we perform more scanning so there are
potentially more failures.
Reduce the logging level to dev_dbg which is consistent with the
Freescale enetc driver.
Cc: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@nuviainc.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous implementation failed to account for the "ports" node. The
actual port nodes are not child nodes of the switch node, but a "ports"
node sits in between.
Fixes: edecfa98f6 ("net: dsa: microchip: look for phy-mode in port nodes")
Signed-off-by: Helmut Grohne <helmut.grohne@intenta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify the comment typo: "compliment" -> "complement".
Signed-off-by: Wang Qing <wangqing@vivo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
state->speed holds a value of 10, 100, 1000 or 2500, but
QSYS_TAG_CONFIG_LINK_SPEED expects a value of 0, 1, 2, 3. So convert the
speed to a proper value.
Fixes: de143c0e27 ("net: dsa: felix: Configure Time-Aware Scheduler via taprio offload")
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It should also be regarded as an error when hw return status=4 for PF's
setting mac cmd. Only if PF return status=4 to VF should this cmd be
taken special treatment.
Fixes: 7dd29ee128 ("hinic: add sriov feature support")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series includes mlx5 updates
1) Add support for Connection Tracking offload in NIC mode.
Supporting CT offload in NIC mode on Mellanox cards is useful for
scenarios where the dual port NIC serves as a gateway between 2
networks and forwards traffic between these networks.
Since the traffic is not terminated on the host in this case,
no use of SRIOV VFs and/or switchdev mode is required.
Today Mellanox NIC cards already support offloading of packet forwarding
between physical ports without going to the host so combining it with CT
offloading allows users to create a gateway with forwarding and CT
(Including NAT) offloading capabilities in non-switchdev mode.
To support connection tracking in non-Switchdev mode (Single NIC mode),
we need to make use of the current Connection tracking infrastructure
implemented on top of E-Switch and the mlx5 generic flow table chains
APIs, to make it work on non-Eswitch steering domain e.g. NIC RX domain,
the following was performed:
1.1) Refactor current flow steering chains infrastructure and
updates TC nic mode implementation to use flow table chains.
1.2) Refactor current Connection Tracking (CT) infrastructure to not
assume E-switch backend, and make the CT layer agnostic to
underlying steering mode (E-Switch/NIC)
1.3) Plumbing to support CT offload in NIC mode.
2) Trivial code cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl9rz9cACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7K/gf/ZysTFuFuC7MCo7xJO2vxlGGE1r6/ENsqonvUT2tcoZCdK9bZMw1Mx17Z
r1nyn0xQ3MwRheXMSpqXngTPpfGM6eNgV9CDfFXm62z6WXMYieen0t/LrM/mxo+2
s74Okp53peyGNpePyseewEUGV7zaR6F6uukkKvr441gvAOF3Fcfaz+dIv7KzxKNS
+b78yw0b6mGc4foYLSuJcDQlSwqjeIpdSib8xmETMZwRzCt20GCEBDsBAaKt0wzM
1fTZttY+kuLd/m/q+sh3s/4lN2kOO+dwK5NGf+RWtiOaDWT+J/ogVmI2ywXIwsg7
U63nhjGAr7GPqkaG0Jv3aS7na6pbSA==
=sByc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-09-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-09-22
This series includes mlx5 updates
1) Add support for Connection Tracking offload in NIC mode.
Supporting CT offload in NIC mode on Mellanox cards is useful for
scenarios where the dual port NIC serves as a gateway between 2
networks and forwards traffic between these networks.
Since the traffic is not terminated on the host in this case,
no use of SRIOV VFs and/or switchdev mode is required.
Today Mellanox NIC cards already support offloading of packet forwarding
between physical ports without going to the host so combining it with CT
offloading allows users to create a gateway with forwarding and CT
(Including NAT) offloading capabilities in non-switchdev mode.
To support connection tracking in non-Switchdev mode (Single NIC mode),
we need to make use of the current Connection tracking infrastructure
implemented on top of E-Switch and the mlx5 generic flow table chains
APIs, to make it work on non-Eswitch steering domain e.g. NIC RX domain,
the following was performed:
1.1) Refactor current flow steering chains infrastructure and
updates TC nic mode implementation to use flow table chains.
1.2) Refactor current Connection Tracking (CT) infrastructure to not
assume E-switch backend, and make the CT layer agnostic to
underlying steering mode (E-Switch/NIC)
1.3) Plumbing to support CT offload in NIC mode.
2) Trivial code cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1.
Move the lapb_register/lapb_unregister calls into the ndo_open/ndo_stop
functions.
This makes the LAPB protocol start/stop when the network interface
starts/stops. When the network interface is down, the LAPB protocol
shouldn't be running and the LAPB module shoudn't be generating control
frames.
2.
Move netif_start_queue/netif_stop_queue into the ndo_open/ndo_stop
functions.
This makes the TX queue start/stop when the network interface
starts/stops.
(netif_stop_queue was originally in the ndo_stop function. But to make
the code look better, I created a new function to use as ndo_stop, and
made it call the original ndo_stop function. I moved netif_stop_queue
from the original ndo_stop function to the new ndo_stop function.)
Cc: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Xie He <xie.he.0141@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include PCS support in the dpaa2-eth driver by integrating it with the
new Lynx PCS module. There is not much to talk about in terms of changes
needed in the dpaa2-eth driver since the only steps necessary are to
find the MDIO device representing the PCS, register it to the Lynx PCS
module and then let phylink know if its existence also.
After this, the PCS callbacks will be treated directly by Lynx, without
interraction from dpaa2-eth's part.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in the Lynx PCS module for the 10GBASE-R mode which is only
used to get the link state, since it offers a single fixed speed.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ocelot switchdev passes the skb directly to the function that
enqueues it to the list of skb's awaiting a TX timestamp. Whereas the
felix DSA driver first clones the skb, then passes the clone to this
queue.
This matters because in the case of felix, the common IRQ handler, which
is ocelot_get_txtstamp(), currently clones the clone, and frees the
original clone. This is useless and can be simplified by using
skb_complete_tx_timestamp() instead of skb_tstamp_tx().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove A-MSDU max_tx_fragments constraint for sdio since the check is
already performed in mt7663s_tx_run_queue routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use DEFINE_SHOW_ATTRIBUTE macro to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Qinglang Miao <miaoqinglang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add a missing offchannel condition for channel switch reason, which
bypasses DPD calibration to reduce scanning time.
Signed-off-by: Shayne Chen <shayne.chen@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Convert cpu_to_le16(le16_to_cpu(E1) + E2) to use le16_add_cpu().
Signed-off-by: Liu Shixin <liushixin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fixes variable types in mt76x02_dfs_create_sequence and
mt76x02_dfs_add_event_to_sequence
Signed-off-by: Ye Bin <yebin10@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Release mcu message memory in case of failure in mt7915_mcu_add_beacon
routine
Fixes: e57b790146 ("mt76: add mac80211 driver for MT7915 PCIe-based chipsets")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Taking the same approach as initvals_phy.h.
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt76x0/initvals.h:218:35: warning: ‘mt76x0_dcoc_tab’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
218 | static const struct mt76_reg_pair mt76x0_dcoc_tab[] = {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt76x0/initvals.h:86:35: warning: ‘mt76x0_bbp_init_tab’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
86 | static const struct mt76_reg_pair mt76x0_bbp_init_tab[] = {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt76x0/initvals.h:48:35: warning: ‘mt76x0_mac_reg_table’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
48 | static const struct mt76_reg_pair mt76x0_mac_reg_table[] = {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt76x0/initvals.h:14:35: warning: ‘common_mac_reg_table’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
14 | static const struct mt76_reg_pair common_mac_reg_table[] = {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Cc: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
Cc: Stanislaw Gruszka <stf_xl@wp.pl>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-mediatek@lists.infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unlock dfs channels for mt7615 devices since the driver supports
radar detection. Dfs pattern detector has been tested successfully by
mt7615 users.
Do not unlock DFS frequencies for mt7663 devices since it has not been
tested yet.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to avoid using stale isr values, check return value from
sdio_readsb() in mt7663s_rx_work()
Tested-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce sdio tx aggregation to reduce bus transaction ands improve tx
throughput. For the moment the skb are copied in a dedicated buffer
since mmc APIs do not support sg table for zero-copy.
Since skb data are already copied in xmit_buff[], avoid linearization in
ma80211 layer. Relying on tx aggregation, we improve tx tpt of ~65%.
Tested-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Look just at reported quota since the hw sporadically reports mcu tx
quota without setting WHIER_TX_DONE_INT_EN bit
Tested-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move frame pad computation out of mt76_skb_adjust_pad routine.
This is a preliminary patch to introduce sdio tx aggregation.
Tested-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This is a preliminary patch to introduce sdio tx aggregation
Tested-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to not update the available quota in case of a tx error, split
mt7663s_tx_update_sched in mt7663s_tx_{pick,update}_quota routines
Tested-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since the sdio engine does not report quota for altx queue, move
ctl/mgmt traffic to standard data queues
Tested-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Set poll timeout to 3s for mt7622 devices in order to avoid fw hangs.
Swap mt7622_trigger_hif_int and doorbell configuration order in
mt7615_mcu_drv_pmctrl routine.
Introduce mt7615_mcu_lp_drv_pmctrl routine to take care of drv_own
configuration for runtime-pm.
Fixes: 08523a2a1d ("mt76: mt7615: add mt7615_pm_wake utility routine")
Fixes: 894b7767ec ("mt76: mt7615: improve mt7615_driver_own reliability")
Fixes: 757b0e7fd6 ("mt76: mt7615: avoid polling in fw_own for mt7663")
Co-developed-by: Shayne Chen <shayne.chen@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Shayne Chen <shayne.chen@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The MCU field should contain a boolean 0/1, not the flag itself.
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt7615/testmode.c: In function mt7615_tm_set_tx_power
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt7615/testmode.c:83:7: warning: variable ‘index’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]=
commit 4f0bce1c88 ("mt76: mt7615: implement testmode support")
involved this unused variable, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since the switch to using AQL by default, mtxq->retry_q is never filled anymore
Remove it to get rid of a few more unnecessary cycles in the tx path
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Compared to mac80211 ACs, MT7915 queue numbers are in reverse order
There is no need for the defensive WARN_ON_ONCE, so we can simplify
the function to avoid the array lookup
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This improves performance by allowing the scheduler to move the tx scheduling
work to idle CPUs. Since tx scheduling work is very latency sensitive and
kept short via AQL, sched_set_fifo_low is used to keep worker priority above
normal tasks
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to avoid keeping work like tx scheduling pinned to the CPU it was
scheduled from, it makes sense to switch from tasklets to kernel threads.
Unlike a workqueue, this one only allows one fixed worker function to be
executed by the worker thread. Because of that, there is less locking
and less code for scheduling involved.
This is important because the tx worker is scheduled often in a hot path
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Do not alter the tx/rx chain settings during channel setup, antennas are
remapped by the testmode specific register writes already
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Avoid firmware falling into spectrum mode since that will set
unexpected PSE/PLE thresholds which lead to Tx hang.
This mode should be cleaned before firmware download stage.
Signed-off-by: Chih-Min Chen <chih-min.chen@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Now that AQL works well on all mt76 drivers, completely replace the arbitrary
burst sizing and number of bursts logic for tx scheduling.
For the short period of time in which AQL does not work well yet, limit each
stations to 16 in-flight packets that have no estimated tx time.
This should avoid filling the queue if a station connects and queues up a
large number of packets before rate control information is available, especially
with hardware rate control
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Some devices using MT7628 or MT7603 have only one antenna chain connected.
Detect these using the EEPROM rx/tx path settings
Reported-by: Qin Wei <me@vonger.cn>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
On 7615 and newer, DMA completion only triggers unmap, but not free of queued
skbs, since pointers to packets are queued internally.
Because of that, there is no need to process the main data queue immediately
on DMA completion.
To improve performance, mask out the DMA data queue completion interrupt and
process the queue only when we receive a txfree event.
This brings the number of interrupts under load down to a small fraction.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
On 7615 and newer, DMA completion only triggers unmap, but not free of queued
skbs, since pointers to packets are queued internally.
Because of that, there is no need to process the main data queue immediately
on DMA completion.
To improve performance, mask out the DMA data queue completion interrupt and
process the queue only when we receive a txfree event.
This brings the number of interrupts under load down to a small fraction.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The previous scheduling round may have been limited by AQL.
More frames might be available after the tx free run.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Tx cleanup and tx enqueuing can run in parallel. In order to avoid queue
starvation issues under load, update q->queued immediately.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since DMA completion does not imply tx completion, it makes more sense to
poll for airtime from mt7915_mac_tx_free.
Reduce the runtime of the function by moving all items from dev->sta_poll_list
to a local list once and process any stations that were added afterwards
on the next run
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
- change the WTBL LMAC access function to set the mapping window only once
- use ac * 2 as offset, since each AC has separate words for rx and tx
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix length field corruption in usb dma header introduced adding sdio
support
Fixes: 75b10f0cbd ("mt76: mt76u: add mt76_skb_adjust_pad utility routine")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix a possible NULL pointer dereference in mt76_testmode_dump() since
nla_nest_start returns NULL in case of error
Fixes: f0efa86215 ("mt76: add API for testmode support")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Initialize wcid to global_wcid if msta is NULL in mt7615_pm_wake_work
routine since wcid will be dereferenced running mt76_tx()
Fixes: 2b8cdfb28d ("mt76: mt7615: wake device before pushing frames in mt7615_tx")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix a memory leak in mt7615_tm_set_tx_power routine if
mt7615_eeprom_get_target_power_index fails.
Moreover do not account req_header twice in mcu skb allocation.
Fixes: 4f0bce1c88 ("mt76: mt7615: implement testmode support")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MT7663s have to rely on MMC_PM_KEEP_POWER in pm_flags for to avoid SDIO
power is being shut off.
To fix sdio access failure like "mt7663s mmc1:0001:1: sdio write failed:
-22" for the first sdio command to access the bus in the resume handler.
Fixes: a66cbdd657 ("mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7663s support")
Co-developed-by: YN Chen <YN.Chen@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: YN Chen <YN.Chen@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix the following sparse warnings in mt7663s driver:
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt7615/sdio_mcu.c:78:62: warning:
Using plain integer as NULL pointer
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt7615/sdio_mcu.c:110:62: warning:
Using plain integer as NULL pointer
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt7615/sdio_txrx.c:229:64: warning:
Using plain integer as NULL pointer
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt7615/sdio_txrx.c:263:64: warning:
Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Fixes: a66cbdd657 ("mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7663s support")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Reduce scope of mutex_acquire/mutex_release in mt7615_reset_test_set
routine in order to fix the following static checker warning:
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt7615/debugfs.c:179
mt7615_reset_test_set()
warn: inconsistent returns 'dev->mt76.mutex'.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: ea4906c4be ("mt76: mt7615: wake device before accessing regmap in debugfs")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This disables the software A-MSDU aggregation in mac80211 and enables hardware
offloading
Suggested-by: Yiwei Chung <yiwei.chung@mediatek.com>
Suggested-by: YF Luo <yf.luo@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Shayne Chen <shayne.chen@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use the txwi data as primary source information to avoid touching skb data
Use bitfield instead of state variable + spinlock
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
mt7615 and newer drivers do not need this, since they use sequence number offload
Moving this code also reduces the number of callsites to make it easier to review
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Queueing a per-sta work item from the tx free path can become very expensive
under load. This work is only supposed to pull rate control stats every
second and deal with rate control changes.
Additionally, the rate control update code was wrong, because it was
confusing bit masks and bit numbers in test_bit.
Fix this by introducing a dedicated device work item for rate control
updates, and by polling station stats from the phy mac work.
Stations requiring polling or rate control updates are added to lists
protected by dev->sta_poll_lock.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Only clear unmasked interrupts. If an interrupt is temporarily masked,
its pending events need to be processed later, even if another interrupt
happened in the mean time.
Disable interrupts in one call before scheduling
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If an interrupt is temporarily masked, its pending events need to be processed
later, even if another interrupt happened in the mean time.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Only clear unmasked interrupts. If an interrupt is temporarily masked,
its pending events need to be processed later, even if another interrupt
happened in the mean time.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
A small part of the first skb buffer is passed to the firmware for parsing
via DMA, while the full buffer is passed as part of the TXP.
Avoid calling DMA unmap on the first part (with a different length than map)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to maximize parallelism, split status work in tx status work
and rx net work
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
As it has been done for tx and rx processing, move tx/rx status
processing into mt76s_txrx_wq workqueue
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move rx processing to mt76s_txrx_wq in order to minimize the interval when
the sdio bus is locked during rx
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76s_txrx_wq workqueue and move tx processing from kthread to
a dedicated work. This is preliminary patch to improve mt7663s throughput
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Free the mcu skb in case of error in mt76s_tx_queue_skb_raw routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Reschedule runtime-pm after receiving a tx interrupt.
Update runtime-pm last activity before injecting packets
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Do not tx packets in mt76_txq_send_burst() or mt76_txq_schedule_list()
if the device is in runtime-pm
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
wq queue is always updated holding mt76 spinlock. Grab mt76 lock in
mt7615_queue_key_update() before putting a new element at the end of the
queue.
Fixes: eb99cc95c3 ("mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7663u support")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Initialize set_drv_ctrl and set_fw_ctrl function pointers in
mt7663s_mcu_init. This is a preliminary patch to enable runtime-pm for
mt7663s chipset.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce set_drv_ctrl and set_fw_ctrl function pointers in
mt7615_mcu_ops data structure. This is a preliminary patch to enable
runtime-pm for non-pci chipsets
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MT_EE_WIFI_CONF field can be used to detect if the chipset is MT7615D.
Thus, add support to automatically register ext_phy if DBDC is detected.
Signed-off-by: Shayne Chen <shayne.chen@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If rtw_core_init() fails to load the wow firmware, rtw_core_deinit()
will not get called to clean up the regular firmware.
Ensure that an error loading the wow firmware does not produce an oops
for the regular firmware by waiting on its completion to be signalled
before returning. Also release the loaded firmware.
Fixes: c8e5695eae ("rtw88: load wowlan firmware if wowlan is supported")
Cc: Chin-Yen Lee <timlee@realtek.com>
Cc: Yan-Hsuan Chuang <yhchuang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200920132621.26468-3-afaerber@suse.de
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/usb.c:1576:6: warning:
variable 'ret' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
1576 | int ret;
| ^~~
driver_for_each_device() has been declared with __must_check, so the
return value should be checked.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1600481191-14250-1-git-send-email-zhangchangzhong@huawei.com
After fixing mac80211 to allow larger A-MSDUs in some cases, there have been
reports of performance regressions and packet loss with some clients.
It appears that the issue occurs when the hardware is transmitting A-MSDUs
bigger than 8k. Limit the local VHT MPDU size capability to 7991, matching
the value used for MT7915 as well.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200923052442.24141-1-nbd@nbd.name
Update the B53 driver to support VLANs while not filtering. This
requires us to enable VLAN globally within the switch upon driver
initial configuration (dev->vlan_enabled).
We also need to remove the code that dealt with PVID re-configuration in
b53_vlan_filtering() since that function worked under the assumption
that it would only be called to make a bridge VLAN filtering, or not
filtering, and we would attempt to move the port's PVID accordingly.
Now that VLANs are programmed all the time, even in the case of a
non-VLAN filtering bridge, we would be programming a default_pvid for
the bridged switch ports.
We need the DSA receive path to pop the VLAN tag if it is the bridge's
default_pvid because the CPU port is always programmed tagged in the
programmed VLANs. In order to do so we utilize the
dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() helper introduced in the commit before within
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c.
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EEE should be only be enabled during stmmac_mac_link_up() when the
link are up and being set up properly. set_eee should only do settings
configuration and disabling the eee.
Without this fix, turning on EEE using ethtool will return
"Operation not supported". This is due to the driver is in a dead loop
waiting for eee to be advertised in the for eee to be activated but the
driver will only configure the EEE advertisement after the eee is
activated.
Ethtool should only return "Operation not supported" if there is no EEE
capbility in the MAC controller.
Fixes: 8a7493e58a ("net: stmmac: Fix a race in EEE enable callback")
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Acked-by: Mark Gross <mgross@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add kerneldoc for the core PHY data structures, a few inline functions
and exported functions which are not already documented.
v2
Typos
g/phy/PHY/s
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX DMA channel data is accessed by the xrx200_start_xmit() and the
xrx200_tx_housekeeping() function from different threads. Make sure the
accesses are synchronized by acquiring the netif_tx_lock() in the
xrx200_tx_housekeeping() function too. This lock is acquired by the
kernel before calling xrx200_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to include MDIO address 0, which is how our Device Tree blobs
indicate where to find the external BCM53125 switches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the switch driver is written such that port 5 or 8 could be CPU
ports, the use case on Broadcom STB chips is to use port 8 exclusively.
The platform firmware does make port 5 comply to a proper DSA CPU port
binding by specifiying an "ethernet" phandle. This is undesirable for
now until we have an user-space configuration mechanism (such as
devlink) which could support dynamically changing the port flavor at
run time.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to control rx-flow-hash based on VLAN.
By default VLAN plus 4-tuple based hashing is enabled.
Changes can be done runtime using ethtool
To enable 2-tuple plus VLAN based flow distribution
# ethtool -N <intf> rx-flow-hash <prot> sdv
To enable 4-tuple plus VLAN based flow distribution
# ethtool -N <intf> rx-flow-hash <prot> sdfnv
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for PF/VF drivers to choose RSS flow key algorithm
with VLAN tag included in hashing input data. Only CTAG is considered.
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While up-streaming the IPQ4019 driver it was thought that the controller had no Clause 45 support,
but it actually does and its activated by writing a bit to the mode register.
So lets add it as newer SoC-s use the same controller and Clause 45 compliant PHY-s.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the commit adding the IPQ4019 MDIO driver, defines for timeout and sleep partially used lower case.
Lets change it to upper case in line with the rest of driver defines.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 1838d6c62f.
This commit moved the ravb_mdio_init() call (and thus the
of_mdiobus_register() call) from the ravb_probe() to the ravb_open()
call. This causes a regression during system resume (s2idle/s2ram), as
new PHY devices cannot be bound while suspended.
During boot, the Micrel PHY is detected like this:
Micrel KSZ9031 Gigabit PHY e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00: attached PHY driver [Micrel KSZ9031 Gigabit PHY] (mii_bus:phy_addr=e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00, irq=228)
ravb e6800000.ethernet eth0: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control off
During system suspend, (A) defer_all_probes is set to true, and (B)
usermodehelper_disabled is set to UMH_DISABLED, to avoid drivers being
probed while suspended.
A. If CONFIG_MODULES=n, phy_device_register() calling device_add()
merely adds the device, but does not probe it yet, as
really_probe() returns early due to defer_all_probes being set:
dpm_resume+0x128/0x4f8
device_resume+0xcc/0x1b0
dpm_run_callback+0x74/0x340
ravb_resume+0x190/0x1b8
ravb_open+0x84/0x770
of_mdiobus_register+0x1e0/0x468
of_mdiobus_register_phy+0x1b8/0x250
of_mdiobus_phy_device_register+0x178/0x1e8
phy_device_register+0x114/0x1b8
device_add+0x3d4/0x798
bus_probe_device+0x98/0xa0
device_initial_probe+0x10/0x18
__device_attach+0xe4/0x140
bus_for_each_drv+0x64/0xc8
__device_attach_driver+0xb8/0xe0
driver_probe_device.part.11+0xc4/0xd8
really_probe+0x32c/0x3b8
Later, phy_attach_direct() notices no PHY driver has been bound,
and falls back to the Generic PHY, leading to degraded operation:
Generic PHY e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00: attached PHY driver [Generic PHY] (mii_bus:phy_addr=e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00, irq=POLL)
ravb e6800000.ethernet eth0: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control off
B. If CONFIG_MODULES=y, request_module() returns early with -EBUSY due
to UMH_DISABLED, and MDIO initialization fails completely:
mdio_bus e6800000.ethernet-ffffffff:00: error -16 loading PHY driver module for ID 0x00221622
ravb e6800000.ethernet eth0: failed to initialize MDIO
PM: dpm_run_callback(): ravb_resume+0x0/0x1b8 returns -16
PM: Device e6800000.ethernet failed to resume: error -16
Ignoring -EBUSY in phy_request_driver_module(), like was done for
-ENOENT in commit 21e194425a ("net: phy: fix issue with loading
PHY driver w/o initramfs"), would makes it fall back to the Generic
PHY, like in the CONFIG_MODULES=n case.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With tracepoints support present in the mailbox
code this patch adds tracepoints in PF and VF drivers
at places where mailbox messages are allocated,
sent and at message interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added tracepoints in mailbox code so that
the mailbox operations like message allocation,
sending message and message interrupts are traced.
Also the mailbox errors occurred like timeout
or wrong responses are traced.
These will help in debugging mailbox issues.
Here's an example output showing one of the mailbox
messages sent by PF to AF and AF responding to it:
~# mount -t tracefs none /sys/kernel/tracing/
~# echo 1 > /sys/kernel/tracing/events/rvu/enable
~# ifconfig eth0 up
~# cat /sys/kernel/tracing/trace
~# cat /sys/kernel/tracing/trace
tracer: nop
_-----=> irqs-off
/ _----=> need-resched
| / _---=> hardirq/softirq
|| / _--=> preempt-depth
||| / delay
TASK-PID CPU# |||| TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
| | | |||| | |
ifconfig-2382 [002] .... 756.161892: otx2_msg_alloc: [0002:02:00.0] msg:(0x400) size:40
ifconfig-2382 [002] ...1 756.161895: otx2_msg_send: [0002:02:00.0] sent 1 msg(s) of size:48
<idle>-0 [000] d.h1 756.161902: otx2_msg_interrupt: [0002:01:00.0] mbox interrupt PF(s) to AF (0x2)
kworker/u49:0-1165 [000] .... 756.162049: otx2_msg_process: [0002:01:00.0] msg:(0x400) error:0
kworker/u49:0-1165 [000] ...1 756.162051: otx2_msg_send: [0002:01:00.0] sent 1 msg(s) of size:32
kworker/u49:0-1165 [000] d.h. 756.162056: otx2_msg_interrupt: [0002:02:00.0] mbox interrupt AF to PF (0x1)
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comment "holders of db->lock must always block IRQs" and related
code to do irqsave and irqrestore don't make sense since we are in a
IRQ-disabled hardIRQ context.
Cc: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Cc: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of static variables were not modified. Make them const to allow
the compiler to put them in read-only memory. In order to do so,
constify a couple of input pointers as well as some local pointers.
This moves about 35Kb to read-only memory as seen by the output of the
size command.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
404938 111534 640 517112 7e3f8 drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge.ko
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
439499 76974 640 517113 7e3f9 drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge.ko
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last return statement is unreachable code. I'm not sure if it will
provoke any warnings, but it looks ugly.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek (CIP) <pavel@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Memory ft->g in accel_fs_tcp_create_groups() is allocaed with kcalloc().
It's excessive to free ft->g with kvfree(). Use kfree() instead.
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Variables flow_group_in, spec in rx_fs_create() are allocated with
kvzalloc(). It's incorrect to free them with kfree(). Use kvfree()
instead.
Fixes: 5e46634529 ("net/mlx5e: IPsec: Add IPsec steering in local NIC RX")
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Keep and use a direct reference to the mlx5 core device in all of
tc_ct code instead of accessing it via a pointer to mlx5 eswitch
in order to support nic mode ct offload for VF devices that don't
have a valid eswitch pointer set.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
priv is never used in this function
Fixes: 7e36feeb04 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Don't offload tuple rewrites for established tuples")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
A connection is represented by two 5-tuple entries, one for each direction.
Currently, each direction allocates its own hw counter, which is
inefficient as ct aging is managed per connection.
Share the counter that was allocated for the original direction with the
reverse direction.
Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Adding support to perform CT related tc actions and
matching on CT states for nic flows.
The ct flows management and handling will be done using a new
instance of the ct database that is declared in this patch to
keep it separate from the eswitch ct flows database.
Offloading and unoffloading ct flows will be done using the
existing ct offload api by providing it the relevant ct
database reference in each mode.
In addition, refactoring the tc ct api is introduced to make it
agnostic to the flow type and perform the resource allocations
and rule insertion to the proper steering domain in the device.
In the initialization call, the api requests and stores in the ct
database instance all the relevant information that distinguishes
between nic flows and esw flows, such as chains database, steering
namespace and mod hdr table.
This way the operations of adding and removing ct flows to the device
can later performed agnostically to the flow type.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The changes are:
- Use mlx5_core print macros instead of netdev_warn since
netdev is not always initialized at that stage.
- Print a warning message in case the issue is with lack of
support for CT offload without indicating an error.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Allow adding nic tc flow rules with goto chain action.
Connecting the nic flows to the mlx5 chains infrastructure in previous
patches allows us to support the creation of chained flow tables and
rules that direct to another chain for further packet processing.
This is a required preparation to support CT offloads for nic tc flows.
We allow the creation of 256 different chains for nic flows since we
have 8 bits available for the chain restore tag in case of a miss.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In order to support chains and connection tracking offload for
nic flows, there's a need to introduce a common flow attributes
struct so that these features can be agnostic and have access to
a single attributes struct, regardless of the flow type.
Therefore, a new tc flow attributes format is introduced to allow
access to attributes that are common to eswitch and nic flows.
The common attributes will always get allocated for the new flows,
regardless of their type, while the type specific attributes are
separated into different structs and will be allocated based on the
flow type to avoid memory waste.
When allocating the flow attributes the caller provides the flow
steering namespace and according the namespace type the additional
space for the extra, type specific, attributes is determined and
added to the total attribute allocation size.
In addition, the attributes that are going to be common to both
flow types are moved to the common attributes struct.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
For future support of CT offload with nic tc flows, where
the flow rule is not created immediately but rather following
a future event, the patch is splitting the nic rule creation
and deletion into 2 parts:
1. Creating/Deleting and setting the rule attributes.
2. Creating/Deleting the flow table and flow rule itself.
This way the attributes can be prepared and stored in the
flow handle when the tc flow is created but the rule can
actually be created at any point in the future, using these
pre allocated attributes.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Change nic tc flows offload path to use the chains and prios
infrastructure for the flow table creation as a preparation to
support tc multi chains and priorities for nic flows.
Adding an instance of the table chaining database to the nic tc struct
and perform the root table creation and desctuction via the chains api
while keeping the limit of a single chain (0) in nic tc mode.
This will be extendable to supporting multiple chains in the following
patches.
The flow table sizes and default miss table parameters that are provided
to the chains creation api are kept the same.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Allow setting a flow table with a lower level
as a rule destination in nic rx tables.
This is required in order to support table chaining
of tc nic flows.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Decouple the chains infrastructure from eswitch and make
it generic to support other steering namespaces.
The change defines an agnostic data structure to keep
all the relevant information for maintaining flow table
chaining in any steering namespace. Each namespace that
requires table chaining will be required to allocate
such data structure.
The chains creation code will receive the steering namespace
and flow table parameters from the caller so it will operate
agnosticly when creating the required resources to
maintain the table chaining function while Parts of the code
that are relevant to eswitch specific functionality are moved
to eswitch files.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/realtek/8139cp.c: In function cp_tx_timeout:
drivers/net/ethernet/realtek/8139cp.c:1242:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
`rc` is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the warnings about function header comments when building hinic
driver with "W=1" option.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-09-23
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 95 non-merge commits during the last 22 day(s) which contain
a total of 124 files changed, 4211 insertions(+), 2040 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Full multi function support in libbpf, from Andrii.
2) Refactoring of function argument checks, from Lorenz.
3) Make bpf_tail_call compatible with functions (subprograms), from Maciej.
4) Program metadata support, from YiFei.
5) bpf iterator optimizations, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEEK3kIWJt9yTYMP3ehqclaivrt76kFAl9rCXMTHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRCpyVqK+u3vqQxhB/4qZzCwd2tMLE2KHpdQaoxlIK8ATWOc
A28uARv6ddmLpZettHf7Ksh8NT6BR+EV9AoPI0W+sRfirn607vtloX9ERpKIoEtR
yJmKIMt7c7cI/Zt94xBeuH//GWTwSTNdi9vfzEGNNeZhiNnpou1P8vH5/cNCm1Dj
OWEeXWIlvC8wRZUDctMEbXYdQlzgTMKC5IuTlylT9EPq8uBzlDSv25iKS96u7I7R
f/hP0BOY43TS6r1tzfOMaYUwGRNoPgpg8WB5WQ0Q5ArNDlHCGlTy4BgqdfdMFplv
Y2c1b9d1UAMsJrnnUuJ7N82b0YyOTrEqYrKSZSxSHa8OulIptkbmkjoU
=gFEC
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-5.10-20200923' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2020-09-23
this is a pull request of 20 patches for net-next.
The complete series target the flexcan driver and is created by Joakim
Zhang and me.
The first six patches are cleanup (sort include files alphabetically,
remove stray empty line, get rid of long lines) and adding more
registers and documentation (registers and wakeup interrupt).
Then in two patches the transceiver regulator is made optional, and a
check for maximum transceiver bitrate is added.
Then the ECC support for HW thats supports this is added.
The next three patches improve suspend and low power mode handling.
Followed by six patches that add CAN-FD support and CAN-FD related
features.
The last two patches add support for the flexcan IP core on the imx8qm
and lx2160ar1.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c: In function lan743x_pm_suspend:
`ret` is set but not used. In fact, `pci_prepare_to_sleep` function value should
be the right value of `lan743x_pm_suspend` function, therefore, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Multi packet TX descriptor support for SKBs.
This series introduces some refactoring of the regular TX data path in
mlx5 and adds the Enhanced TX MPWQE feature support. MPWQE stands for
multi-packet work queue element, and it can serve multiple packets,
reducing the PCI bandwidth spent on control traffic. It should improve
performance in scenarios where PCI is the bottleneck, and xmit_more is
signaled by the kernel. The refactoring done in this series also
improves the packet rate on its own.
MPWQE is already implemented in the XDP tx path, this series adds the
support of MPWQE for regular kernel SKB tx path.
MPWQE is supported from ConnectX-5 and onward, for legacy devices we need
to keep backward compatibility for regular (Single packet) WQE descriptor.
MPWQE is not compatible with certain offloads and features, such as TLS
offload, TSO, nonlinear SKBs. If such incompatible features are in use,
the driver gracefully falls back to non-MPWQE per SKB.
Prior to the final patch "net/mlx5e: Enhanced TX MPWQE for SKBs" that adds
the actual support, Maxim did some refactoring to the tx data path to
split it into stages and smaller helper functions that can be utilized and
reused for both legacy and new MPWQE feature.
Performance testing:
UDP performance is improved in a single stream pktgen test:
Packet rate: 16.86 Mpps (±0.15 Mpps) -> 20.94 Mpps (±0.33 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 434 -> 329
Cycles per packet: 158 -> 123
Instructions per cycle: 2.75 -> 2.67
TCP and XDP_TX single stream tests show no performance difference.
MPWQE can reduce PCI bandwidth:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at fixed rate of 36864000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 80.3%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 59.0%
PCI Gen3, pktgen at fixed rate of 56064000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 65.4%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 49.3%
MPWQE can also reduce CPU load, increasing the packet rate in case of
CPU bottleneck:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 37.5 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 49.0 Mpps
PCI Gen3, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 57.0 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 66.8 Mpps
Burst size in all pktgen tests is 32.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz (x86_64)
NIC: Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx
GCC 10.2.0
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl9pZE0ACgkQSD+KveBX
+j5V/Qf+M0PI/ZyTsOlHbl78Mz7acgGSZTjFBPo0MQ7U0ReY8C25YVDycKazlwwZ
XL8Ip1gV08uDbROB92ozQcDekIyiTyae04ACXa+oCl/lxJydxN5ZDAiJV+bUhb0E
Ti4rBrgPH46FMbKso2XPFxdk9f9krqOLA2Jl7Am+R+W1nYgdBkqumTRXGkDEV8oi
p1YeFb/ldBXS6En/QQAZ89FbHaoV+V4Z2uHhdoWjLPhumgplk14BwRMT0UCRn3IK
6Q8jk55gW7lE9vdhQuOHZeU3SRr2+VcyYii2/htfvdQjsGrBVrAm1gWcF2KrUa6C
VxuDQ1oXh3r/eibnTq/XReadRiGSVg==
=ouzY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-09-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-09-21
Multi packet TX descriptor support for SKBs.
This series introduces some refactoring of the regular TX data path in
mlx5 and adds the Enhanced TX MPWQE feature support. MPWQE stands for
multi-packet work queue element, and it can serve multiple packets,
reducing the PCI bandwidth spent on control traffic. It should improve
performance in scenarios where PCI is the bottleneck, and xmit_more is
signaled by the kernel. The refactoring done in this series also
improves the packet rate on its own.
MPWQE is already implemented in the XDP tx path, this series adds the
support of MPWQE for regular kernel SKB tx path.
MPWQE is supported from ConnectX-5 and onward, for legacy devices we need
to keep backward compatibility for regular (Single packet) WQE descriptor.
MPWQE is not compatible with certain offloads and features, such as TLS
offload, TSO, nonlinear SKBs. If such incompatible features are in use,
the driver gracefully falls back to non-MPWQE per SKB.
Prior to the final patch "net/mlx5e: Enhanced TX MPWQE for SKBs" that adds
the actual support, Maxim did some refactoring to the tx data path to
split it into stages and smaller helper functions that can be utilized and
reused for both legacy and new MPWQE feature.
Performance testing:
UDP performance is improved in a single stream pktgen test:
Packet rate: 16.86 Mpps (±0.15 Mpps) -> 20.94 Mpps (±0.33 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 434 -> 329
Cycles per packet: 158 -> 123
Instructions per cycle: 2.75 -> 2.67
TCP and XDP_TX single stream tests show no performance difference.
MPWQE can reduce PCI bandwidth:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at fixed rate of 36864000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 80.3%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 59.0%
PCI Gen3, pktgen at fixed rate of 56064000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 65.4%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 49.3%
MPWQE can also reduce CPU load, increasing the packet rate in case of
CPU bottleneck:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 37.5 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 49.0 Mpps
PCI Gen3, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 57.0 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 66.8 Mpps
Burst size in all pktgen tests is 32.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz (x86_64)
NIC: Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx
GCC 10.2.0
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts:
1) net/ipv4/route.c, adding a new local variable while
moving another local variable and removing it's
initial assignment.
2) drivers/net/dsa/microchip/ksz9477.c, overlapping changes.
One pretty prints the port mode differently, whilst another
changes the driver to try and obtain the port mode from
the port node rather than the switch node.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CAN-FD protocol allows the transmission and reception of data at a
higher bit rate than the nominal rate used in the arbitration phase when
the message's BRS bit is set.
The TDC mechanism is effective only during the data phase of FD frames
having BRS bit set. It has no effect either on non-FD frames, or on FD
frames transmitted at normal bit rate.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Zhang <qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190712075926.7357-7-qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
ISO CAN FD is introduced to increase the failture detection capability
than non-ISO CAN FD. The non-ISO CAN FD is still supported by FlexCAN so
that it can be used mainly during an intermediate phase, for evaluation
and development purposes.
Therefore, it is strongly recommended to configure FlexCAN to the ISO
CAN FD protocol by setting the ISOCANFDEN field in the CTRL2 register.
NOTE: If you only set "fd on", driver will use ISO FD mode by default.
You should set "fd-non-iso on" after setting "fd on" if you want to use
NON ISO FD mode.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Zhang <qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190712075926.7357-6-qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds CAN-FD mode support to the driver, it means that
payload size can extend up to 64 bytes.
Bit timing always set in the CBT register, not in the CTRL1 register any
more. This has an extend range of all CAN bit timing variables (PRESDIV,
PROPSEG, PSEG1, PSEG2 and RJW), which will improve the bit timing
accuracy.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Zhang <qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com>
[mkl: move cbt-based bitrate support into separate function]
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922144429.2613631-16-mkl@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch prepares for CAN FD mode, using struct canfd_frame can both
for classic format frame and fd format frame.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Zhang <qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190712075926.7357-3-qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This is a patch prepares for the CAN-FD support. In a later patch the
setup for canfd bittiming will be added, with this patch the change is
easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922144429.2613631-14-mkl@pengutronix.de
On the i.MX7D in LPSR mode, the controller will be powered off and the
configuration state is lost after system resume. Upcoming i.MX8QM/QXP
will also completely power off the domain, the controller state is lost
and needs restore, too. So we need to set the pinctrl state again and
re-start chip to re-configuration after resume.
For the wakeup case, it should not set pinctrl to sleep state by
pinctrl_pm_select_sleep_state.
If the interface is down before suspend, we don't need to re-configure
it as it will be configured if the interface is brought up later.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Zhang <qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191204113249.3381-7-qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch implements error handling and propagates the error value of
flexcan_chip_stop(). This function will be called from flexcan_suspend()
in an upcoming patch in some SoCs which support LPSR mode.
Add a new function flexcan_chip_stop_disable_on_error() that tries to
disable the chip even in case of errors.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Zhang <qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com>
[mkl: introduce flexcan_chip_stop_disable_on_error() and use it in flexcan_close()]
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922144429.2613631-11-mkl@pengutronix.de
commit cdce844865 ("can: flexcan: add vf610 support for FlexCAN")
From above commit by Stefan Agner, the patch just disables
non-correctable errors interrupt and freeze mode. It still can correct
the correctable errors since ECC enabled by default after reset (MECR[ECCDIS]=0,
enable memory error correct) if HW supports ECC.
commit 5e269324db ("can: flexcan: disable completely the ECC mechanism")
From above commit by Joakim Zhang, the patch disables ECC completely (assert
MECR[ECCDIS]) according to the explanation of FLEXCAN_QUIRK_DISABLE_MECR that
disable memory error detection. This cause correctable errors cannot be
corrected even HW supports ECC.
The error correction mechanism ensures that in this 13-bit word, errors
in one bit can be corrected (correctable errors) and errors in two bits can
be detected but not corrected (non-correctable errors). Errors in more than
two bits may not be detected.
If HW supports ECC, we can use this to correct the correctable errors detected
from FlexCAN memory. Then disable non-correctable errors interrupt and freeze
mode to avoid that put FlexCAN in freeze mode.
This patch adds correctable errors correction when HW supports ECC, and
modify explanation for FLEXCAN_QUIRK_DISABLE_MECR.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Zhang <qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200416093126.15242-1-qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
CAN FD can transmit up to 8Mbps, but some transceivers only can support
5Mbps, so add check in driver.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Zhang <qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191030064245.12923-2-qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
As the transcevier regulator is optional, this patch switches from
devm_regulator_get() to devm_regulator_get_optional(). This gets rid of "using
dummy regulator" warning message from the regulator core, if no regulator is
available.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922144429.2613631-8-mkl@pengutronix.de
As FLEXCAN_ESR_ALL_INT is for all bus errors and state change IRQ
sources, strictly speaking FLEXCAN_ESR_WAK_INT does not belong to these.
So add wakeup interrupt ack separately to existing ack of the
interrupts.
Suggested-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Joakim Zhang <qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191204113249.3381-3-qiangqing.zhang@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The "tsid" is a user controlled u8 which comes from debugfs. Values
more than 15 are invalid because "active_tsids" is a 16 bit variable.
If the value of "tsid" is more than 31 then that leads to a shift
wrapping bug.
Fixes: 8fffd9e5ec ("ath6kl: Implement support for QOS-enable and QOS-disable from userspace")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918142732.GA909725@mwanda
There were two asignments to num_keep_alive_pattern, remove the first one which is wrong.
No functional changes. Compile tested only.
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1600361190-22047-1-git-send-email-kvalo@codeaurora.org
In commit 2d4bcbed5b ("ath11k: initialize wmi config based on hw_params") the
wmi config initialisation was moved to hw_ops->wmi_init_config() but the old
initialisation values were accidentally left to ath11k_wmi_cmd_init(). This
is very confusing, so remove the redundant values.
And this was actually so confusing that in commit aa2092a9ba ("ath11k: add
raw mode and software crypto support") I actually it caused a bug: when
ATH11K_FLAG_RAW_MODE was enabled rx_decap_mode was assigned back to
TARGET_DECAP_MODE_NATIVE_WIFI in ath11k_init_wmi_config_ipq8074(). Fix this at
the same time.
Compile tested only.
Fixes: 2d4bcbed5b ("ath11k: initialize wmi config based on hw_params")
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1600356507-29237-1-git-send-email-kvalo@codeaurora.org
IPQ6018 supported with 4 bytes FFT BIN size. so supported 4 bytes
parsing logic in FFT report process. since spectral_fft_sz is
configured as zero in hw_params, spectral is not supported in
QCA6390 platform.
Tested-on: IPQ6018 WLAN.HK.2.1.0.1-01228-QCAHKSWPL_SILICONZ-1
Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <periyasa@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1600236776-4042-1-git-send-email-periyasa@codeaurora.org
Some of the function declarations are for functions in debugfs_htt_stats.c and
debugfs_sta.c, move them to corresponding header files. As debugfs_sta.h didn't
exist create it.
Also in debugfs_htt_stats.h move dunction declarations to the end of the file.
No functional changes. Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1600264523-12939-4-git-send-email-kvalo@codeaurora.org
If CONFIG_ATH11K_DEBUGFS is disabled there are warnings debug.c:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath11k/debug.c:36:20: warning: 'htt_bp_lmac_ring' defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
36 | static const char *htt_bp_lmac_ring[HTT_SW_LMAC_RING_IDX_MAX] = {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath11k/debug.c:15:20: warning: 'htt_bp_umac_ring' defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
15 | static const char *htt_bp_umac_ring[HTT_SW_UMAC_RING_IDX_MAX] = {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fix this by refactoring debugfs code to debugfs.c. This also reduces the number
of ifdefs in debug.c and makes it easier to maintain the code.
No functional changes. Compile tested only.
Reported-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1600264523-12939-1-git-send-email-kvalo@codeaurora.org
Return value form wait_for_completion_timeout should to be checked.
This is detected by Coverity: #CID:1464479 (CHECKED_RETURN)
Fixes: d5c65159f2 ("ath11k: driver for Qualcomm IEEE 802.11ax devices")
Signed-off-by: Bo YU <tsu.yubo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200621095136.7xdbzkthoxuw2qow@debian.debian-2
This is a small update to fix an error I saw where a few functions do not
have a blank line in between them.
Affects smd.c and main.c - no logic is affected by this change.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150845.2179320-3-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit marks all smd.c functions that are only used inside of smd.c as
static. Previous commits added some VHT specific setup functions non-static
which is the right thing to do in terms of having granular git commits that
compile warning free. What we really want is for local not global scope on
those functions.
This patch makes the conversion from global to local scope.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150845.2179320-2-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This patch adds ieee802.11 VHT flags for the wcn3680b.
- RX_STBC1
- SU Beamformee
- MU Beamformee
- VHT80 SGI
- Single spatial stream
RX LDPC is declared as supported in the datasheet but not enabled at this
time.
After this patch is applied an AP should see the wcn3680 as an 802.11ac
capable device.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150822.2179261-5-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit adds VHT rates to the wcn36xx_update_allowed_rates() routine.
Thus allowing the driver to latch the declared rates and transmit them to
the firmware in the same way as other 80211.n rates are.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150822.2179261-4-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
In order to send VHT parameters to wcn3680 we need to pass the extended V1
parameter structures to the firmware. These commands need to have the
version number set to 1.
This patch makes the conversion. The conversion consists of
1. Setting the version number for wcn3680 or leaving it at 0 otherwise
2. Setting the size of the packet header lower for wcn3620 and wcn3660
Once done all three chips can continue to use the same code to pass
parameters to their respective firmware. In the case of the wcn3680 the
passed structures will be slightly larger to accommodate communication of
VHT descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150822.2179261-3-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
In order to pass 802.11ac VHT parameters from the SoC to wcn36xx we need to
use the V1 data structures associated with BSS and STA parameters.
The means of identifying a V1 data-structure is via the SMD version field.
This patch defines a INIT_HAL_MSG_V1() which operates the same way as
INIT_HAL_MSG() with the exception that it defines VERSION1 as opposed to
VERSION0.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150822.2179261-2-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit makes use of wcn36xx_smd_set_bss_vht_params() to extract VHT
parameters from the 80211_sta structure and latch appropriate bits in the
bss_params_v1 structure for transmission to the wcnss firmware.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150747.2179122-5-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit modifies wcn36xx_smd_start() so that it can download wcn3680
specific firmware parameters if we are talking to the wcn3680. If not the
original generic firmware parameter table should continue to be used for
wcn3620 and wcn3660.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150747.2179122-4-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit defines a firmware configuration for the wcn3680 which
represents a working downstream configuration. This configuration has been
successfully applied to the upstream driver with antecedent patches
resulting in the same or better through-put in comparison to the
downstream driver on the test hardware.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150747.2179122-3-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
In order to get 802.11ac working the way we want, additional parameters
need to be passed down to the firmware.
This patch takes the full remaining set of parameters defined in the
downstream riva/inc/wlan_hal_cfg.h and imports them into hal.h with some
minor name length adjustments.
This addition will allow us to pass a larger firmware configuration set
later on.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150747.2179122-2-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
For the 80MHz channel we need to set the PHY mode to one of four PHY modes
that span the 80MHz range.
This patch latches the hw_value PHY field previously defined for 5GHz
channels directly to the parameter passed to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150708.2179043-6-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit encodes the 802.11ac PHY mode for a given channel in the upper
bits of the hw_value field. This allows for a neat read-out and application
of the relevant PHY setting.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150708.2179043-5-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
Adds HW_VALUE_PHY(hw_value) an access macro that will be used to
extract a hardware specific PHY setting for a given channel.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150708.2179043-4-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
Uses HW_VALUE_CHANNEL() to extract the channel number from a
struct ieee80211_channel->hw_value. Once done we can use the upper bits of
the hw_value to encode PHY related data.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150708.2179043-3-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
Adds HW_VALUE_CHANNEL(hw_value) an access macro that will be used to
extract the channel number from struct ieee80211_channel->hw_value in
preparation for also storing PHY settings for 802.11ac in the upper bits of
hw_value.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150708.2179043-2-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
Board Data File (BDF) is loaded upon driver boot-up procedure.
The right board data file is identified using bus and qmi-board-id.
The problem, however, can occur when the (default) board data
file cannot fulfill with the vendor requirements and it is
necessary to use a different board data file.
Also using the chip_id for identifying the board data helps
in dealing with different variants of the board data file based
on the RF card. If the chip_id is not programmed, a default value
of 0xff will be used for parsing the board data file.
Add the support to get the variant field from DTSI and
use this information along with the chip_id to load the vendor
specific BDF.
The device tree requires addition strings to define the variant name
wifi@a000000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "xyz-v2";
};
wifi@a800000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "xyz-v1";
};
This would create the boarddata identifiers for the board-2.bin search
* bus=snoc,qmi-board-id=16,qmi-chip-id=0,variant=xyz-v1
* bus=snoc,qmi-board-id=17,qmi-chip-id=0,variant=xyz-v2
Tested-on: WCN3990 hw1.0 SNOC WLAN.HL.3.1-01040-QCAHLSWMTPLZ-1
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pillai <pillair@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1600157948-2042-1-git-send-email-pillair@codeaurora.org
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723be/dm.c:1155:27-47: WARNING:
Comparison of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723be/dm.c:1156:3-23: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723be/dm.c:1159:3-23: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200919074437.3459305-1-yanaijie@huawei.com
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/dm.c:2680:27-47: WARNING:
Comparison of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/dm.c:2683:3-23: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/dm.c:2686:3-23: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200919074428.3459234-1-yanaijie@huawei.com
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ee/dm.c:721:27-47:
WARNING: Comparison of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ee/dm.c:722:3-23: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ee/dm.c:725:2-22: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200919074412.3459163-1-yanaijie@huawei.com
This commit adds support for Enhanced TX MPWQE feature in the regular
(SKB) data path. A MPWQE (multi-packet work queue element) can serve
multiple packets, reducing the PCI bandwidth on control traffic.
Two new stats (tx*_mpwqe_blks and tx*_mpwqe_pkts) are added. The feature
is on by default and controlled by the skb_tx_mpwqe private flag.
In a MPWQE, eseg is shared among all packets, so eseg-based offloads
(IPSEC, GENEVE, checksum) run on a separate eseg that is compared to the
eseg of the current MPWQE session to decide if the new packet can be
added to the same session.
MPWQE is not compatible with certain offloads and features, such as TLS
offload, TSO, nonlinear SKBs. If such incompatible features are in use,
the driver gracefully falls back to non-MPWQE.
This change has no performance impact in TCP single stream test and
XDP_TX single stream test.
UDP pktgen, 64-byte packets, single stream, MPWQE off:
Packet rate: 16.96 Mpps (±0.12 Mpps) -> 17.01 Mpps (±0.20 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 421 -> 429
Cycles per packet: 156 -> 161
Instructions per cycle: 2.70 -> 2.67
UDP pktgen, 64-byte packets, single stream, MPWQE on:
Packet rate: 16.96 Mpps (±0.12 Mpps) -> 20.94 Mpps (±0.33 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 421 -> 329
Cycles per packet: 156 -> 123
Instructions per cycle: 2.70 -> 2.67
Enabling MPWQE can reduce PCI bandwidth:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at fixed rate of 36864000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 80.3%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 59.0%
PCI Gen3, pktgen at fixed rate of 56064000 pps on 24 CPU cores:
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE off: 65.4%
Inbound PCI utilization with MPWQE on: 49.3%
Enabling MPWQE can also reduce CPU load, increasing the packet rate in
case of CPU bottleneck:
PCI Gen2, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 37.5 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 49.0 Mpps
PCI Gen3, pktgen at full rate on 24 CPU cores:
Packet rate with MPWQE off: 57.0 Mpps
Packet rate with MPWQE on: 66.8 Mpps
Burst size in all pktgen tests is 32.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz (x86_64)
NIC: Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx
GCC 10.2.0
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
mlx5e_txwqe_complete performs some actions that can be taken to separate
functions:
1. Update the flags needed for hardware timestamping.
2. Stop the TX queue if it's full.
Take these actions into separate functions to be reused by the MPWQE
code in the following commit and to maintain clear responsibilities of
functions.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
As preparation for the upcoming TX MPWQE support for SKBs, rename struct
mlx5e_xdp_mpwqe to mlx5e_tx_mpwqe and move it above struct mlx5e_txqsq.
This structure will be reused in the regular SQ and in the regular TX
data path. Also rename mlx5e_xdp_xmit_data to mlx5e_xmit_data - it will
be used in the upcoming TX MPWQE flow.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
As preparation for the upcoming TX MPWQE for SKBs, create a function
(mlx5e_tx_mpwqe_is_full) to check whether an MPWQE session is full. This
function will be shared by MPWQE code for XDP and for SKBs. Defines are
renamed and moved to make them not XDP-specific.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
TX MPWQE support for SKBs is coming in one of the following patches, and
a single MPWQE can send multiple SKBs. This commit prepares the TX path
code to handle such cases:
1. An additional FIFO for SKBs is added, just like the FIFO for DMA
chunks.
2. struct mlx5e_tx_wqe_info will contain num_fifo_pkts. If a given WQE
contains only one packet, num_fifo_pkts will be zero, and the SKB will
be stored in mlx5e_tx_wqe_info, as usual. If num_fifo_pkts > 0, the SKB
pointer will be NULL, and the SKBs will be stored in the FIFO.
This change has no performance impact in TCP single stream test and
XDP_TX single stream test.
When compiled with a recent GCC, this change shows no visible
performance impact on UDP pktgen (burst 32) single stream test either:
Packet rate: 16.95 Mpps (±0.15 Mpps) -> 16.96 Mpps (±0.12 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 429 -> 421
Cycles per packet: 160 -> 156
Instructions per cycle: 2.69 -> 2.70
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz (x86_64)
NIC: Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx
GCC 10.2.0
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Before this patch, mlx5e_ktls_tx_handle_resync_dump_comp checked for
resync_dump_frag_page. It happened for all WQEs without an SKB,
including padding WQEs, and required a function call. Normally, padding
WQEs happen more often than TLS resyncs. Take this check out of the
function and put it to an inline function to save a call on all padding
WQEs.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
A constant for the number of DS in an empty WQE (i.e. a WQE without data
segments) is needed in multiple places (normal TX data path, MPWQE in
XDP), but currently we have a constant for XDP and an inline formula in
normal TX. This patch introduces a common constant.
Additionally, mlx5e_xdp_mpwqe_session_start is converted to use struct
assignment, because the code nearby is touched.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Use MLX5E_XDP_MPW_MAX_WQEBBS to reserve space for a MPWQE, because it's
actually the maximal size a MPWQE can take.
Reorganize the logic that checks when to close the MPWQE session:
1. Put all checks into a single function.
2. When inline is on, make only one comparison - if it's false, the less
strict one will also be false. The compiler probably optimized it out
anyway, but it's clearer to also reflect it in the code.
The MLX5E_XDP_INLINE_WQE_* defines are also changed to make the
calculations more correct from the logical point of view. Though
MLX5E_XDP_INLINE_WQE_MAX_DS_CNT used to be 16 and didn't change its
value, the calculation used to be DIV_ROUND_UP(max inline packet size,
MLX5_SEND_WQE_DS), and the numerator should have included sizeof(struct
mlx5_wqe_inline_seg).
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
A huge function mlx5e_sq_xmit was split into several to achieve multiple
goals:
1. Reuse the code in IPoIB.
2. Better intergrate with TLS, IPSEC, GENEVE and checksum offloads. Now
it's possible to reserve space in the WQ before running eseg-based
offloads, so:
2.1. It's not needed to copy cseg and eseg after mlx5e_fill_sq_frag_edge
anymore.
2.2. mlx5e_txqsq_get_next_pi will be used instead of the legacy
mlx5e_fill_sq_frag_edge for better code maintainability and reuse.
3. Prepare for the upcoming TX MPWQE for SKBs. It will intervene after
mlx5e_sq_calc_wqe_attr to check if it's possible to use MPWQE, and the
code flow will split into two paths: MPWQE and non-MPWQE.
Two high-level functions are provided to send packets:
* mlx5e_xmit is called by the networking stack, runs offloads and sends
the packet. In one of the following patches, MPWQE support will be added
to this flow.
* mlx5e_sq_xmit_simple is called by the TLS offload, runs only the
checksum offload and sends the packet.
This change has no performance impact in TCP single stream test and
XDP_TX single stream test.
When compiled with a recent GCC, this change shows no visible
performance impact on UDP pktgen (burst 32) single stream test either:
Packet rate: 16.86 Mpps (±0.15 Mpps) -> 16.95 Mpps (±0.15 Mpps)
Instructions per packet: 434 -> 429
Cycles per packet: 158 -> 160
Instructions per cycle: 2.75 -> 2.69
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz (x86_64)
NIC: Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx
GCC 10.2.0
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Move mlx5e_tx_wqe_inline_mode from en/txrx.h to en_tx.c as it's only
used there.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Struct assignment guarantees that all fields of the structure are
initialized (those that are not mentioned are zeroed). It makes code
mode robust and reduces chances for unpredictable behavior when one
forgets to reset some field and it holds an old value from previous
iterations of using the structure.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
As preparation for the next patch, don't increase ihs to calculate
ds_cnt and then decrease it, but rather calculate the intermediate value
temporarily. This code has the same amount of arithmetic operations, but
now allows to split out ds_cnt calculation, which will be performed in
the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
The IS2 IP4_TCP_UDP key offsets do not correspond to the VSC7514
datasheet. Whether they work or not is unknown to me. On VSC9959 and
VSC9953, with the same mistake and same discrepancy from the
documentation, tc-flower src_port and dst_port rules did not work, so I
am assuming the same is true here.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since these were copied from the Felix VCAP IS2 code, and only the
offsets were adjusted, the order of the bit fields is still wrong.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the IS2 IP4_TCP_UDP keys are not correct, like L4_DPORT,
L4_SPORT and other L4 keys. This prevents offloaded tc-flower rules from
matching on src_port and dst_port for TCP and UDP packets.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl9pQ8EACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7I2wf/cu9W3mC8sNeJaZKIbJ+H6KhgZsGbeLud5tFscjcf5IaCpR97hyeZPfEG
doNRtcsT9Pj5YJn458L/p+zTVeWOuaOGPMsV8pdP/8OlFzjJW/rGXnBrEUt0ehkS
Sa//xGD6V8+nW9Z34fwQqrrqJeZik3H9V/RkriZUTsJ/zR/otLF3fVOQFwrS9Ka2
/dl1ERFepjBWupY39PSMFS2S2BZ6LYY8G/ewgHKeexbqLykxU27P3+mFz46YPmP6
jdIMmvo+fuPqyu9Tjtg6pGjYpCWttnBBtDmeSg+ewf61qW4mSemJzfGcbZYY2XT6
CxRsm4aTJ5COTEx05JFOqIhpP5LuAA==
=Hcsv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2020-09-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5 fixes-2020-09-18
This series introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
v1->v2:
Remove missing patch from -stable list.
For -stable v5.1
('net/mlx5: Fix FTE cleanup')
For -stable v5.3
('net/mlx5e: TLS, Do not expose FPGA TLS counter if not supported')
('net/mlx5e: Enable adding peer miss rules only if merged eswitch is supported')
For -stable v5.7
('net/mlx5e: Fix memory leak of tunnel info when rule under multipath not ready')
For -stable v5.8
('net/mlx5e: Use RCU to protect rq->xdp_prog')
('net/mlx5e: Fix endianness when calculating pedit mask first bit')
('net/mlx5e: Use synchronize_rcu to sync with NAPI')
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The spinlock only needed when accessing the channel's icosq, grab the lock
after the buf allocation in resync_post_get_progress_params() to avoid
kzalloc(GFP_KERNEL) in atomic context.
Fixes: 0419d8c9d8 ("net/mlx5e: kTLS, Add kTLS RX resync support")
Reported-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Using synchronize_rcu() is sufficient to wait until running NAPI quits.
See similar upstream fix with detailed explanation:
("net/mlx5e: Use synchronize_rcu to sync with NAPI")
This change also fixes a possible use-after-free as the NAPI
might be already released at this stage.
Fixes: 0419d8c9d8 ("net/mlx5e: kTLS, Add kTLS RX resync support")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The set of TLS TX global SW counters in mlx5e_tls_sw_stats_desc
is updated from all rings by using atomic ops.
This set of stats is used only in the FPGA TLS use case, not in
the Connect-X TLS one, where regular per-ring counters are used.
Do not expose them in the Connect-X use case, as this would cause
counter duplication. For example, tx_tls_drop_no_sync_data would
appear twice in the ethtool stats.
Fixes: d2ead1f360 ("net/mlx5e: Add kTLS TX HW offload support")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
The cited commit started to reuse function mlx5e_update_ndo_stats() for
the representors as well.
However, the function is hard-coded to work on mlx5e_nic_stats_grps only.
Due to this issue, the representors statistics were not updated in the
output of "ip -s".
Fix it to work with the correct group by extracting it from the caller's
profile.
Also, while at it and since this function became generic, move it to
en_stats.c and rename it accordingly.
Fixes: 8a236b1514 ("net/mlx5e: Convert rep stats to mlx5e_stats_grp-based infra")
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently the FW does not generate events for counters other than error
counters. Unlike ".get_ethtool_stats", ".ndo_get_stats64" (which ip -s
uses) might run in atomic context, while the FW interface is non atomic.
Thus, 'ip' is not allowed to issue FW commands, so it will only display
cached counters in the driver.
Add a SW counter (mcast_packets) in the driver to count rx multicast
packets. The counter also counts broadcast packets, as we consider it a
special case of multicast.
Use the counter value when calling "ip -s"/"ifconfig".
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ("net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality")
Signed-off-by: Ron Diskin <rondi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The field mask value is provided in network byte order and has to
be converted to host byte order before calculating pedit mask
first bit.
Fixes: 88f30bbcba ("net/mlx5e: Bit sized fields rewrite support")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
The cited commit creates peer miss group during switchdev mode
initialization in order to handle miss packets correctly while in VF
LAG mode. This is done regardless of FW support of such groups which
could cause rules setups failure later on.
Fix by adding FW capability check before creating peer groups/rule.
Fixes: ac004b8321 ("net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add peer miss rules")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add missing mapping remove call when removing ct rule,
as the mapping was allocated when ct rule was adding with ct_label.
Also there is a missing mapping remove call in error flow.
Fixes: 54b154ecfb ("net/mlx5e: CT: Map 128 bits labels to 32 bit map ID")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When deleting vxlan flow rule under multipath, tun_info in parse_attr is
not freed when the rule is not ready.
Fixes: ef06c9ee89 ("net/mlx5e: Allow one failure when offloading tc encap rules under multipath")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
As described in the previous commit, napi_synchronize doesn't quite fit
the purpose when we just need to wait until the currently running NAPI
quits. Its implementation waits until NAPI is not running by polling and
waiting for 1ms in between. In cases where we need to deactivate one
queue (e.g., recovery flows) or where we deactivate them one-by-one
(deactivate channel flow), we may get stuck in napi_synchronize forever
if other queues keep NAPI active, causing a soft lockup. Depending on
kernel configuration (CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_SOFTLOCKUP_PANIC), it may result
in a kernel panic.
To fix the issue, use synchronize_rcu to wait for NAPI to quit, and wrap
the whole NAPI in rcu_read_lock.
Fixes: acc6c5953a ("net/mlx5e: Split open/close channels to stages")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, the RQs are temporarily deactivated while hot-replacing the
XDP program, and napi_synchronize is used to make sure rq->xdp_prog is
not in use. However, napi_synchronize is not ideal: instead of waiting
till the end of a NAPI cycle, it polls and waits until NAPI is not
running, sleeping for 1ms between the periodic checks. Under heavy
workloads, this loop will never end, which may even lead to a kernel
panic if the kernel detects the hangup. Such workloads include XSK TX
and possibly also heavy RX (XSK or normal).
The fix is inspired by commit 326fe02d1e ("net/mlx4_en: protect
ring->xdp_prog with rcu_read_lock"). As mlx5e_xdp_handle is already
protected by rcu_read_lock, and bpf_prog_put uses call_rcu to free the
program, there is no need for additional synchronization if proper RCU
functions are used to access the pointer. This patch converts all
accesses to rq->xdp_prog to use RCU functions.
Fixes: 86994156c7 ("net/mlx5e: XDP fast RX drop bpf programs support")
Fixes: db05815b36 ("net/mlx5e: Add XSK zero-copy support")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, when an FTE is allocated, its refcount is decreased to 0
with the purpose it will not be a stand alone steering object and every
rule (destination) of the FTE would increase the refcount.
When mlx5_cleanup_fs is called while not all rules were deleted by the
steering users, it hit refcount underflow on the FTE once clean_tree
calls to tree_remove_node after the deleted rules already decreased
the refcount to 0.
FTE is no longer destroyed implicitly when the last rule (destination)
is deleted. mlx5_del_flow_rules avoids it by increasing the refcount on
the FTE and destroy it explicitly after all rules were deleted. So we
can avoid the refcount underflow by making FTE as stand alone object.
In addition need to set del_hw_func to FTE so the HW object will be
destroyed when the FTE is deleted from the cleanup_tree flow.
refcount_t: underflow; use-after-free.
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 15715 at lib/refcount.c:28 refcount_warn_saturate+0xd9/0xe0
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (Q35 + ICH9, 2009), BIOS rel-1.13.0-0-gf21b5a4aeb02-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014
Call Trace:
tree_put_node+0xf2/0x140 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x4e/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x4e/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x4e/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x5f/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x4e/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
clean_tree+0x5f/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_cleanup_fs+0x26/0x270 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_unload+0x2e/0xa0 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_unload_one+0x51/0x120 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_devlink_reload_down+0x51/0x90 [mlx5_core]
devlink_reload+0x39/0x120
? devlink_nl_cmd_reload+0x43/0x220
genl_rcv_msg+0x1e4/0x420
? genl_family_rcv_msg_attrs_parse+0x100/0x100
netlink_rcv_skb+0x47/0x110
genl_rcv+0x24/0x40
netlink_unicast+0x217/0x2f0
netlink_sendmsg+0x30f/0x430
sock_sendmsg+0x30/0x40
__sys_sendto+0x10e/0x140
? handle_mm_fault+0xc4/0x1f0
? do_page_fault+0x33f/0x630
__x64_sys_sendto+0x24/0x30
do_syscall_64+0x48/0x130
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
Fixes: 718ce4d601 ("net/mlx5: Consolidate update FTE for all removal changes")
Fixes: bd71b08ec2 ("net/mlx5: Support multiple updates of steering rules in parallel")
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
BCM72113 features a 28nm integrated EPHY, add an entry to the driver for
it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEEK3kIWJt9yTYMP3ehqclaivrt76kFAl9onIcTHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRCpyVqK+u3vqf2aCACpwHz9PLKTX4zNDnDRsA7x4c+Gk2nU
FOgwodyk9ayax1lLYkgq3ynlb5zM4tRNKLJguoJX69pVvw87uPwBhEbQWQkFFZoW
ErkAmYgzGeoA2bu/iJnbsktm7uyEv5a5SntZ+3DSfdnJhuZoU2WfgGa0Z6yDYlWG
W6/Dy66XGKzCrK1iFOyvvaNDOhS+Jkul1JWcyhrztQeCbIPTiqVztaE/QA+5cDoT
ScO4LdHx7U49XQMiNUjrHFv8qso7fVPicqnefWb19w22wixPzUSGNjCOk284qLn9
eldxYwN77sC8VzPIiyKv7sW8z1o+lq1uTeO5Aa+ATqhCdwTmeNIVfJsp
=C8ET
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-5.10-20200921' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2020-09-21
this is a pull request of 38 patches for net-next.
the first 5 patches are by Colin Ian King, Alexandre Belloni and me and they
fix various spelling mistakes.
The next patch is by me and fixes the indention in the CAN raw protocol
according to the kernel coding style.
Diego Elio Pettenò contributes two patches to fix dead links in CAN's Kconfig.
Masahiro Yamada's patch removes the "WITH Linux-syscall-note" from SPDX tag of
C files.
AThe next 4 patches are by me and target the CAN device infrastructure and add
error propagation and improve the output of various messages to ease driver
development and debugging.
YueHaibing's patch for the c_can driver removes an unused inline function.
Next follows another patch by Colin Ian King, which removes the unneeded
initialization of a variable in the mcba_usb driver.
A patch by me annotates a fallthrough in the mscan driver.
The ti_hecc driver is converted to use devm_platform_ioremap_resource_byname()
in a patch by Dejin Zheng.
Liu Shixin's patch converts the pcan_usb_pro driver to make use of
le32_add_cpu() instead of open coding it.
Wang Hai's patch for the peak_pciefd_main driver removes an unused makro.
Vaibhav Gupta's patch converts the pch_can driver to generic power management.
Stephane Grosjean improves the pcan_usb usb driver by first documenting the
commands sent to the device and by adding support of rxerr/txerr counters.
The next patch is by me and cleans up the Kconfig of the CAN SPI drivers.
The next 6 patches all target the mcp251x driver, they are by Timo Schlüßler,
Andy Shevchenko, Tim Harvey and me. They update the DT bindings documentation,
sort the include files alphabetically, add GPIO support, make use of the
readx_poll_timeout() helper, and add support for half duplex SPI-controllers.
Wolfram Sang contributes a patch to update the contact email address in the
mscan driver, while Zhang Changzhong updates the clock handling.
The next patch is by and updates the rx-offload infrastructure to support
callback less usage.
The last 6 patches add support for the mcp25xxfd CAN SPI driver. First the
dt-bindings are added by Oleksij Rempel, the regmap infrastructure and the main
driver is contributed by me. Kurt Van Dijck adds listen-only support,
Manivannan Sadhasivam adds himself as maintainer, and Thomas Kopp himself as a
reviewer.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* some AP-side infrastructure for FILS discovery and
unsolicited probe resonses
* a major rework of the encapsulation/header conversion
offload from Felix, to fit better with e.g. AP_VLAN
interfaces
* performance fix for VHT A-MPDU size, don't limit to HT
* some initial patches for S1G (sub 1 GHz) support, more
will come in this area
* minor cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Bnsm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2020-09-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time we have:
* some AP-side infrastructure for FILS discovery and
unsolicited probe resonses
* a major rework of the encapsulation/header conversion
offload from Felix, to fit better with e.g. AP_VLAN
interfaces
* performance fix for VHT A-MPDU size, don't limit to HT
* some initial patches for S1G (sub 1 GHz) support, more
will come in this area
* minor cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c: In function ns83820_get_link_ksettings:
drivers/net/ethernet/natsemi/ns83820.c:1210:11: warning: variable ‘tanar’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
`tanar` is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable ALDPS(Advanced Link Down Power Saving) to save power when
link down.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an off-by-one error in rtl8366rb_is_vlan_valid()
making VLANs 0..4094 valid while it should be 1..4095.
Fix it.
Fixes: d8652956cf ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: Add Realtek SMI driver")
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mt7531_cpu_port_config(), if the variable port is neither 5 nor 6,
then variable interface will be used uninitialised. Change the function
to return -EINVAL in this case.
As the return value of mt7531_cpu_port_config() is never checked
(even though it returns an int) add a check in the correct place so that
the error can be passed up the call stack. Now that we correctly handle
errors thrown in this function, also check the return value of
mt7531_mac_config() in case an error occurs here. Also add misisng
checks to mt7530_setup() and mt7531_setup(), which are another level
further up the call stack.
Fixes: c288575f78 ("net: dsa: mt7530: Add the support of MT7531 switch")
Addresses-Coverity: 1496993 ("Uninitialized variables")
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This failure path should return a negative error code but it currently
returns success.
Fixes: 51b35a454e ("sfc: skeleton EF100 PF driver")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After running Sparse checker on the driver using
make C=1 M=drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena
the only error that is thrown is:
sparse: sparse: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
about the line
struct ena_calc_queue_size_ctx calc_queue_ctx = { 0 };
This patch fixes this warning, thus making our driver free (for now) of
Sparse errors/warnings.
To make a more complete work, this patch also fixes all static warnings
that were found using an internal static checker.
Signed-off-by: Ido Segev <idose@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The formal name changes to "ENA_ADMIN_RSS_INDIRECTION_TABLE_CONFIG".
Indirection is the ability to reference "something" using "something else"
instead of the value itself.
Indirection table, as the name implies, is the ability to reference
CPU/Queue value using hash-to-CPU table instead of CPU/Queue itself.
This patch renames the variable keys_num, which describes the number of
words in the RSS hash key, to key_parts which makes its purpose clearer
in RSS context.
Signed-off-by: Amit Bernstein <amitbern@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The placement policy is printed in the process of queue creation in
ena_up(). No need to print it in ena_probe().
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Capitalize all log strings printed by the ena driver to make their
format uniform across it.
Also fix indentation, spelling mistakes and comments to improve code
readability. This also includes adding comments to macros/enums whose
purpose might be difficult to understand.
Separate some code into functions to make it easier to understand the
purpose of these lines.
Signed-off-by: Amit Bernstein <amitbern@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make log prints in ena_netdev use the same log functions as the rest of
the driver.
For the sake of consistency, all prints in ena_netdev file were
converted into netif_* format except where netdev struct isn't yet
defined. For these places, dev_* log functions are used (similar to
the patch for ena_com files).
This commit leaves some corner cases which would be changed in a
future patch.
Signed-off-by: Amit Bernstein <amitbern@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All ena files should now use SPDX format in their license string. This
doesn't change the license of the files, but rather states the same
license in fewer words.
Also update the license years in some of the files.
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the return expression.
Signed-off-by: Qinglang Miao <miaoqinglang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the return expression.
Signed-off-by: Qinglang Miao <miaoqinglang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
wcn36xx_smd_config_bss_v0() and wcn36xx_smd_config_bss_v1() have been
designed to operate in standalone fashion. As a result we can drop the
dead code now present in wcn36xx_smd_config_bss() and happily remove one
kzalloc from the BSS config path as we do so.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150631.2178970-8-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
A previous patch added wcn36xx_smd_config_bss_v0() this patch converts the
version 0 data-path in wcn36xx_smd_config_bss() to use
wcn36xx_smd_config_bss_v0().
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150631.2178970-7-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit adds wcn36xx_smd_config_bss_v0() as a step along the road of
functionally decomposing wcn36xx_smd_config_bss().
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150631.2178970-6-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This patch updates wcn36xx_smd_config_bss_v1() to update on internally
derived parameters only, specifically making use of STA v1 wrapper routines
previously added.
Once done we no longer need to pass a struct wcn36xx_hal_config_bss_req_msg
which gives us options in later patches to eliminate the kzalloc() in
wcn36xx_smd_config_bss entirely.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150631.2178970-5-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit moves BSS parameter setup to a separate function
wcn36xx_smd_set_bss_params(). This will allow for further functional
decomposition and fewer kzalloc() operations in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150631.2178970-4-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
In order to facilitate functional decomposition of
wcn36xx_smd_config_bss() we need to move wcn36xx_smd_set_sta_params() later
in function.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150631.2178970-3-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit functionally decomposes wcn36xx_smd_config_sta into a clearly
defined wcn36xx_smd_config_sta_v0 and wcn36xx_smd_config_sta_v1 path.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150631.2178970-2-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit adds a wrapper function wcn36xx_smd_set_sta_params_v1() which
calls into wcn36xx_smd_set_sta_params() and then subsequently sets
version-1 specific parameters.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150552.2178882-8-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit adds wcn36xx_smd_set_bss_vht_params(). The job of this function
is to decide if the BSS is VHT capable and if so set the appropriate bit
in the BSS parameter structure for passing to the firmware.
VHT Channel width set is not set since we don't support 160MHz.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150552.2178882-7-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
Adds a routine to allow setting the LDPC bit for HT parameter passing
inside the version 1 STA parameters data structure.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150552.2178882-6-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit adds support for setting VHT parameters based on the declared
VHT capability bits in the VHT capability structure.
We cannot do 160MHz so VHT Channel width set should be zero.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150552.2178882-5-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
Toggling the LDPC enabled bit is possible only via the extended V1
data-structure. This function provides a means of setting the default
depending on chip-type.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150552.2178882-4-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This commit adds support for setting default VHT parameters, which are
exposed by the extended version 1 STA parameter type.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150552.2178882-3-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
This patch converts the internal data structure used to store data-rates
from version 0 to version 1.
This allows us to extend out the internal storage to represent VHT
parameters.
Using the extended version 1 data-structure allows us to avoid a whole raft
of version 1 specific fixup functions.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150450.2178784-3-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
In order to pass VHT parameters to wcn3680 we need to use a super-set of
the V1 data-structures with additional VHT parameters tacked on.
This patch adds the additional fields to the STA and BSS parameter
structures.
Since neither wcn3620 nor wcn3660 support VHT the size of the passed
message is fixed to the previous message length. Subsequent changes will
differentiate between wcn3620/wcn3660 and wcn3680 which does use the larger
message size.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200910150450.2178784-2-bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org
IPQ8074 HW uses rproc with AHB as underlying hif layer.
Move rproc references from common core layer to target
hif layer. Remove IS_ENABLED check for CONFIG_REMOTEPROC
as it's not required anymore.
No functional changes. Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Govind Singh <govinds@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1600090615-18904-1-git-send-email-govinds@codeaurora.org
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723be/hw.c:861:6-35: WARNING: Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918102505.16036-10-zhengbin13@huawei.com
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192de/hw.c:566:14-20: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192de/hw.c:572:13-19: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192de/hw.c:581:14-20: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192de/hw.c:587:13-19: WARNING: Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918102505.16036-9-zhengbin13@huawei.com
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ce/hw.c:616:14-20: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ce/hw.c:621:13-19: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ce/hw.c:626:14-20: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ce/hw.c:631:13-19: WARNING: Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918102505.16036-8-zhengbin13@huawei.com
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/hw.c:831:14-49: WARNING: Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918102505.16036-7-zhengbin13@huawei.com
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/phy.c:1816:5-13: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/phy.c:1825:5-13: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/phy.c:1839:5-13: WARNING: Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918102505.16036-6-zhengbin13@huawei.com
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/hw.c:1897:5-13: WARNING: Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918102505.16036-5-zhengbin13@huawei.com
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/mac.c:161:14-17: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/mac.c:168:13-16: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/mac.c:179:14-17: WARNING: Comparison to bool
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/mac.c:186:13-16: WARNING: Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918102505.16036-4-zhengbin13@huawei.com
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192c/phy_common.c:1106:14-18: WARNING: Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918102505.16036-3-zhengbin13@huawei.com
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ee/hw.c:797:6-33: WARNING: Comparison to bool
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918102505.16036-2-zhengbin13@huawei.com
The wilc_wfi_init_mon_int() forgets to clean up resource when
register_netdevice() failed. Add the missed call to fix it.
And the return value of netdev_priv can't be NULL, so remove
the unnecessary error handling.
Fixes: 588713006e ("staging: wilc1000: avoid the use of 'wilc_wfi_mon' static variable")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huang Guobin <huangguobin4@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200917123019.206382-1-huangguobin4@huawei.com
This patch adds support for the Microchip MCP25xxFD SPI CAN controller family.
Tested-by: Kurt Van Dijck <dev.kurt@vandijck-laurijssen.be>
Tested-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918172536.2074504-4-mkl@pengutronix.de
This patch adds the regmap infrastructure for the Microchip MCP25xxFD SPI CAN
controller family. The actual driver is added in the next commit.
Tested-by: Kurt Van Dijck <dev.kurt@vandijck-laurijssen.be>
Tested-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918172536.2074504-3-mkl@pengutronix.de
This patch adds a new initialization function:
can_rx_offload_add_manual()
It should be used to add support rx-offload to a driver, if the callback
mechanism should not be used. Use e.g. can_rx_offload_queue_sorted() to queue
skbs into rx-offload.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200915223527.1417033-33-mkl@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Some SPI host controllers do not support full-duplex SPI and are
marked as such via the SPI_CONTROLLER_HALF_DUPLEX controller flag.
For such controllers use half duplex transactions but retain full
duplex transactions for the controllers that can handle those.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1595516275-1179-1-git-send-email-tharvey@gateworks.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The mcp251x variants feature 3 general purpose digital inputs and 2
outputs. With this patch they are accessible through the gpio framework.
Signed-off-by: Timo Schlüßler <schluessler@krause.de>
Tested-by: Timo Schlüßler <schluessler@krause.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200915223527.1417033-28-mkl@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Since commits
653ee35ce6 ("can: hi311x: remove custom DMA mapped buffer")
Fixes: df58525df3 ("can: mcp251x: remove custom DMA mapped buffer")
both the hi3111x and the mcp251x driver don't make use of the DMA API
any more. So we can safely remove the HAS_DMA dependency.
While we're here, remove the unneeded CAN_DEV and SPI dependencies from
the CAN_HI311X symbol, as the parent menus already have these
dependencies.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200915223527.1417033-24-mkl@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds the support of the rx/tx errors CAN counters to the
driver of the PCAN-USB PC-CAN interface from PEAK-System GmbH.
The PCAN-USB is capable of giving back the values of the rx/tx errors
counters, to provide more details and statistics to the linux-can layer.
Getting these values allows the driver to better tune CAN_ERR_CRTL_TX_xxx
and CAN_ERR_CRTL_RX_xxx bits in case of the interface enters any
CAN_STATE_ERROR_xxx state.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191206153803.17725-3-s.grosjean@peak-system.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch documents the functions and numbers of the commands sent by the
driver to the PCAN-USB CAN device from PEAK-System GmbH.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191206153803.17725-2-s.grosjean@peak-system.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Drivers using legacy power management .suspen()/.resume() callbacks have to
manage PCI states and device's PM states themselves. They also need to take
care of standard configuration registers.
Switch to generic power management framework using a single "struct dev_pm_ops"
variable to take the unnecessary load from the driver. This also avoids the
need for the driver to directly call most of the PCI helper functions and
device power state control functions, as through the generic framework PCI Core
takes care of the necessary operations, and drivers are required to do only
device-specific jobs.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200728085757.888620-1-vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
CANFD_CLK_SEL_DIV_MASK and CANFD_OPTIONS_SET are
never used after they were introduced. Remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200904131247.23021-1-wanghai38@huawei.com
[mkl: keep CANFD_CLK_SEL_DIV_MASK for documentation purpose]
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Use the function devm_platform_ioremap_resource_byname() to simplify
source code which calls the functions platform_get_resource_byname()
and devm_ioremap_resource(). Remove also a few error messages which
became unnecessary with this software refactoring.
Signed-off-by: Dejin Zheng <zhengdejin5@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200420132207.8536-1-zhengdejin5@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
As -Wimplicit-fallthrough is now enabled the mscan driver shows this warning,
which is fixed by this patch:
drivers/net/can/mscan/mscan.c: In function ‘mscan_start_xmit’:
drivers/net/can/mscan/mscan.c:211:3: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
211 | netif_stop_queue(dev);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/can/mscan/mscan.c:212:2: note: here
212 | case 2:
| ^~~~
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200915223527.1417033-17-mkl@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The variable err is being initialized with a value that is never read
and it is being updated later with a new value. The initialization is
redundant and can be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200706164240.518623-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The function can_put_echo_skb() can fail for several reasons. It may
fail due to OOM, but when it fails it's usually due to locking problems
in the driver.
In order to help developing and debugging of new drivers propagate error
value in case of errors.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200915223527.1417033-12-mkl@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
BerliOS has not been operating for more than five years. linux-can moved to
GitHub.
Signed-off-by: Diego Elio Pettenò <flameeyes@flameeyes.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200413170241.13207-1-flameeyes@flameeyes.com
[mkl: split into two patches - handle softing part here]
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
BerliOS has not been operating for more than five years. linux-can moved to
GitHub.
Signed-off-by: Diego Elio Pettenò <flameeyes@flameeyes.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200413170241.13207-1-flameeyes@flameeyes.com
[mkl: split into two patches - handle slcan part here]
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
sg_init_table zeroes its first argument, so the allocation of that argument
doesn't have to.
the semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,n,flags;
@@
x =
- kcalloc
+ kmalloc_array
(n,sizeof(struct scatterlist),flags)
...
sg_init_table(x,n)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@inria.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The wrong flag value caused the firmware call to return actual port
counters instead of the counter masks. This messed up the counter
overflow logic and caused erratic extended port counters to be
displayed under ethtool -S.
Fixes: 531d1d269c ("bnxt_en: Retrieve hardware masks for port counters.")
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix it to set the required fid input parameter. The firmware call
fails without this patch.
Fixes: d752d0536c ("bnxt_en: Retrieve hardware counter masks from firmware if available.")
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Debug firmware commands are not supported on VFs to read registers.
This patch avoids logging unnecessary access_denied error on VFs
when user calls ETHTOOL_GREGS.
By returning error in get_regs_len() method on the VF, the get_regs()
method will not be called.
Fixes: b5d600b027 ("bnxt_en: Add support for 'ethtool -d'")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All changes related to bp->link_info require the protection of the
link_lock mutex. It's not sufficient to rely just on RTNL.
Fixes: 163e9ef636 ("bnxt_en: Fix race when modifying pause settings.")
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Returning "unknown" as a temperature value violates the hwmon interface
rules. Appropriate error codes should be returned via device_attribute
show instead. These will ultimately be propagated to the user via the
file system interface.
In addition to the corrected error handling, it is an even better idea to
not present the sensor in sysfs at all if it is known that the read will
definitely fail. Given that temp1_input is currently the only sensor
reported, ensure no hwmon registration if TEMP_MONITOR_QUERY is not
supported or if it will fail due to access permissions. Something smarter
may be needed if and when other sensors are added.
Fixes: 12cce90b93 ("bnxt_en: fix HWRM error when querying VF temperature")
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using strlcpy() to copy from VPD is not correct because VPD strings
are not necessarily NULL terminated. Use memcpy() to copy the VPD
length up to the destination buffer size - 1. The destination is
zeroed memory so it will always be NULL terminated.
Fixes: a0d0fd70fe ("bnxt_en: Read partno and serialno of the board from VPD")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The whole purpose of tag_8021q is to send VLAN-tagged traffic to the
CPU, from which the driver can decode the source port and switch id.
Currently this only works if the VLAN filtering on the master is
disabled. Change that by explicitly adding code to tag_8021q.c to add
the VLANs corresponding to the tags to the filter of the master
interface.
Because we now need to call vlan_vid_add, then we also need to hold the
RTNL mutex. Propagate that requirement to the callers of dsa_8021q_setup
and modify the existing call sites as appropriate. Note that one call
path, sja1105_best_effort_vlan_filtering_set -> sja1105_vlan_filtering
-> sja1105_setup_8021q_tagging, was already holding this lock.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:754:6: warning:
variable 'dummy' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
754 | u32 dummy;
| ^~~~~
This variable is not used in function mvneta_mib_counters_clear(), so
remove it to avoid build warning.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid copying skb_shared_info frags array in mvneta_swbm_build_skb() since
__build_skb_around() does not overwrite it
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recycle the received page into the page_pool cache if the dma descriptors
arrived in a wrong order
Fixes: ca0e014609 ("net: mvneta: move skb build after descriptors processing")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We go to lengths to determine whether the PVID should be set
for this port or not, and then fail to take it into account.
Fix this oversight.
Fixes: d8652956cf ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: Add Realtek SMI driver")
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the fiber advertisement for speed and duplex modes with the
100base-FX full and half linkmode entries.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to advertise the Fiber connection if the strap or the
op-mode is configured for 100Base-FX.
Auto negotiation is not supported on this PHY when in fiber mode.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add entries for the 100base-FX full and half duplex supported modes.
$ ethtool eth0
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 100baseFX/Half 100baseFX/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 100baseFX/Half 100baseFX/Full
Advertised pause frame use: No
Advertised auto-negotiation: No
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 100Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Auto-negotiation: off
Port: MII
PHYAD: 1
Transceiver: external
Supports Wake-on: gs
Wake-on: d
SecureOn password: 00:00:00:00:00:00
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.c:1599:2-17: WARNING: Assignment of 0/1 to
bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.c:1300:2-17: WARNING: Assignment of 0/1 to
bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/realtek/8139too.c:981:2-8: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c:15415:1-26: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c:12393:2-17: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c:15497:2-27: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_rdma.c:1465:2-13: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_rdma.c:1468:2-14: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_rdma.c:1471:2-13: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_rdma.c:1472:2-14: WARNING:
Assignment of 0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This addresses the following coccinelle warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/b44.c:2213:6-20: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/b44.c:2218:2-16: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/b44.c:2226:3-17: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/b44.c:2230:3-17: WARNING: Assignment of
0/1 to bool variable
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c: In function rx_proc:
drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:4981:6: warning: variable ‘rx_status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c: In function netdev_get_ethtool_stats:
drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:6512:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
these variable is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c: In function e1000_phy_init_script:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_hw.c:132:6: warning: variable ‘ret_val’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
`ret_val` is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c: In function lio_pci_readq:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c:1327:6: warning: variable ‘val32’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c: In function lio_pci_writeq:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_device.c:1358:6: warning: variable ‘val32’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
these variable is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return the driver name and the asic.id with the switch name.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the global registers, and the ATU to be snapshot via devlink
regions. It is later planned to add support for the port registers.
v2:
Remove left over debug prints
Comment ATU format is generic for mv88e6xxx, not wider
v3:
Make use of ops structure passed to snapshot function
Remove port regions
v4:
Make use of enum mv88e6xxx_region_id
Fix global2/global1 read typ0
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the code in mv88e6xxx_atu_new() which builds a bitmaps of
FIDs in use into a helper function. This will be reused by the devlink
code when dumping the ATU.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There will soon be more devlink code. Move the existing code into a
file of its own, before we start adding this new code.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the region to be snapshotted to the function performing the
snapshot. This allows one function to operate on numerous regions.
v4:
Add missing kerneldoc for ICE
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seville does not need to depend on PCI or on the ENETC MDIO controller.
There will also be other compile-time differences in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not only does Sevile not have a PTP clock, but with separate modules,
this structure cannot even live in felix.c, due to the .owner =
THIS_MODULE assignment causing this link time error:
drivers/net/dsa/ocelot/felix.o:(.data+0x0): undefined reference to `__this_module'
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is a good measure to ensure correctness if the structures that are
meant to remain constant are only processed by functions that thake
constant arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While we don't plan on making any changes to this function, currently
this is the only remaining dependency between felix and seville, after
the PCS has been refactored out into pcs-lynx.c.
Duplicate this function in seville to break the dependency completely.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Over the time, some patches have introduced structures aligned with
spaces, near structures aligned with tabs. Fix the inconsistencies.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reindent these definitions to be in line with the rest of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some definitions were likely copied from
drivers/net/mdio/mdio-mscc-miim.c.
They are not necessary, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The overall idea (issue soft reset, enable memories, initialize
memories, enable core) is the same, so it would make sense that an
attempt is made to unify the procedures.
It is not immediately obvious that the fields are not part of the same
register targets, though. So add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per documentation, proper startup sequence is:
* Enable memories
* Initialize memories
* Enable core
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is another one of these right above the readx_poll_status.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since these helpers for regmap fields are available, use them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We now trigger a system resume when we receive an IPA SUSPEND
interrupt. We should *not* wake up on GSI interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we handle wakeup interrupts properly, arrange for the IPA
interrupt to be treated as a wakeup interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch causes a system resume to be triggered when a
packet is available for receipt on a suspended RX endpoint.
The CLOCK_HELD flag was previously used to indicate that an extra
clock reference was held, preventing suspend. But we no longer need
such a flag:
- We take an initial reference in ipa_config().
- That reference is held until ipa_suspend() releases it.
- A subsequent system resume leads to a reference getting
re-acquired in ipa_resume().
- This can repeat until ultimately the module is removed, where
ipa_remove() releases the reference.
We no longer need a special flag to determine whether this extra
reference is held--it is, provided probe has completed successfully
and the driver is not suspended (or removed).
On the other hand, once suspended, it's possible for more than one
endpoint to trip the IPA SUSPEND interrupt, and we only want to
trigger the system resume once. So repurpose the Boolean CLOCK_HELD
flag to record whether the IPA SUSPEND handler should initiate a
system resume.
The flag will be be cleared each time ipa_suspend() is called,
*before* any endpoints are suspended. And it will be set inside the
IPA SUSPEND interrupt handler exactly once per suspend.
Rename the flag IPA_FLAG_RESUMED to reflect its new purpose.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call to wakeup_source_register() in ipa_probe() does not do what
it was intended to do. Call device_init_wakeup() in ipa_setup()
instead, to set the IPA device as wakeup-capable and to initially
enable wakeup capability.
When we receive a SUSPEND interrupt, call pm_wakeup_dev_event()
with a zero processing time, to simply call for a resume without
any other processing. The ipa_resume() call will take care of
waking things up again, and will handle receiving the packet.
Note that this gets rid of a clock reference counting bug that
occurred when handling an IPA SUSPEND interrupt. Specifically,
ipa_suspend_handler() took an IPA clock reference *in addition*
to the one taken by ipa_resume(). There is no need to back-port
this fix however, because it only affects code that was not
previously working (this patch is part of fixing that).
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when (before) the last IPA clock reference is dropped,
all endpoints are suspended. And whenever the first IPA clock
reference is taken, all endpoints are resumed (or started).
In most cases there's no need to start endpoints when the clock
starts. So move the calls to ipa_endpoint_suspend() and
ipa_endpoint_resume() out of ipa_clock_put() and ipa_clock_get(),
respectiely. Instead, only suspend endpoints when handling a system
suspend, and only resume endpoints when handling a system resume.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We take a clock reference in ipa_config() in order to prevent the
the IPA clock from being shutdown until a power management suspend
request arrives. An atomic field in the IPA structure records
whether that extra reference had been taken.
Rather than using an atomic to represent a Boolean value, define
a new flags bitmap, and define a "clock held" flag to represent
whether the extra clock reference has been taken.
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the checking provided by refcount_t, rather than
using a plain atomic to represent the IPA clock reference count.
Note that we need to *set* the value to 1 in ipa_clock_get() rather
than incrementing it from 0 (because doing that is considered an
error for a refcount_t).
Signed-off-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The internal Gigabit PHY on Broadcom STB chips has a digital clock which
drives its MDIO interface among other things, the driver now requests
and manage that clock during .probe() and .remove() accordingly.
Because the PHY driver can be probed with the clocks turned off we need
to apply the dummy BMSR workaround during the driver probe function to
ensure subsequent MDIO read or write towards the PHY will succeed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the header file containing a function's prototype isn't included by
the sourcefile containing the associated function, the build system
complains of missing prototypes.
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_dcb.c:453:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘hclge_dcb_ops_set’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the header file containing a function's prototype isn't included by
the sourcefile containing the associated function, the build system
complains of missing prototypes.
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/appletalk/cops.c:213:28: warning: no previous prototype for ‘cops_probe’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/appletalk/ltpc.c:1014:28: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ltpc_probe’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the header file containing a function's prototype isn't included by
the sourcefile containing the associated function, the build system
complains of missing prototypes.
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn68xx_device.c:124:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘lio_setup_cn68xx_octeon_device’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:159:1: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_pci_read_core_mem’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:168:1: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_pci_write_core_mem’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:176:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_read_device_mem64’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:185:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_read_device_mem32’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mem_ops.c:194:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘octeon_write_device_mem32’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix below sparse warning in dpmac.c.
warning: cast to restricted __le64
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make a distinction between different irqs by netdev name or pci name.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cortina/gemini.c: In function gmac_get_ringparam:
drivers/net/ethernet/cortina/gemini.c:2125:21: warning: variable ‘config0’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/cortina/gemini.c: In function gmac_init:
drivers/net/ethernet/cortina/gemini.c:512:6: warning: variable ‘val’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
these variable is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add PTP sync packet one-step timestamping support.
Before egress, one-step timestamping enablement needs,
- Enabling timestamp and FAS (Frame Annotation Status) in
dpni buffer layout.
- Write timestamp to frame annotation and set PTP bit in
FAS to mark as one-step timestamping event.
- Enabling one-step timestamping by dpni_set_single_step_cfg()
API, with offset provided to insert correction time on frame.
The offset must respect all MAC headers, VLAN tags and other
protocol headers accordingly. The correction field update can
consider delays up to one second. So PTP frame needs to be
filtered and parsed, and written timestamp into Sync frame
originTimestamp field.
The operation of API dpni_set_single_step_cfg() has to be done
when no one-step timestamping frames are in flight. So we have
to make sure the last one-step timestamping frame has already
been transmitted on hardware before starting to send the current
one. The resolution is,
- Utilize skb->cb[0] to mark timestamping request per packet.
If it is one-step timestamping PTP sync packet, queue to skb queue.
If not, transmit immediately.
- Schedule a work to transmit skbs in skb queue.
- mutex lock is used to ensure the last one-step timestamping packet
has already been transmitted on hardware through TX confirmation queue
before transmitting current packet.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a preparation for next hardware one-step timestamping
support. For DPAA2, the one step timestamping configuration on
hardware registers has to be done when there is no one-step timestamping
packet in flight. So we will have to use workqueue and skb queue
for such packets transmitting, to make sure waiting the last packet has
already been sent on hardware, and starting to transmit the current one.
So the tx timestamping flag in private data may not reflect the actual
request for the one-step timestamping packets of skb queue. This also
affects skb headroom allocation. Let's use skb->cb[0] to mark the
timestamping request for each skb.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Invoke dpaa2_eth_enable_tx_tstamp() once in code after building FD,
rather than calling it in dpaa2_eth_build_single_fd(),
dpaa2_eth_build_sg_fd_single_buf(), and dpaa2_eth_build_sg_fd().
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define a global ptp_qoriq structure pointer, and export to use.
The ptp clock operations will be used in dpaa2-eth driver.
For example, supporting one step timestamping needs to write
current time to hardware frame annotation before sending and
then hardware inserts the delay time on frame during sending.
So in driver, at least clock gettime operation will be needed
to make sure right time is written to hardware frame annotation
for one step timestamping.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add APIs of 1588 single step timestamping.
- dpni_set_single_step_cfg
- dpni_get_single_step_cfg
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call netif_tx_disable firstly before starting doing self-test to
avoid sending packet from networking core and self-test packet
simultaneously which may cause self-test failure or hw abnormal.
Fixes: 4aa218a4fe ("hinic: add self test support")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 550f4d46af.
adapter->from_passive_init may be changed in ibmvnic_handle_crq
while ibmvnic_reset_init is waiting for the completion of
adapter->init_done.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for firmware update through the devlink interface.
This update copies the firmware object into the device, asks
the current firmware to install it, then asks the firmware to
select the new firmware for the next boot-up.
The install and select steps are launched as asynchronous
requests, which are then followed up with status request
commands. These status request commands will be answered with
an EAGAIN return value and will try again until the request
has completed or reached the timeout specified.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the rest of the firmware api bits needed to support the
driver running a firmware update.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a simple devlink flash timeout message to exercise
the message mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently mscc_ocelot_init_ports() will skip initializing a port when it
doesn't have a phy-handle, so the ocelot->ports[port] pointer will be
NULL. Take this into consideration when tearing down the driver, and add
a new function ocelot_deinit_port() to the switch library, mirror of
ocelot_init_port(), which needs to be called by the driver for all ports
it has initialized.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver was not unregistering its network interfaces on unbind.
Now it is.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mscc_ocelot_probe() is already pretty large and hard to follow. So move
the code for parsing ports in a separate function.
This makes it easier for the next patch to just call
mscc_ocelot_release_ports from the error path of mscc_ocelot_init_ports.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_init() allocates memory, resets the switch and polls for a status
register, things which can fail. Stop probing the driver in that case,
and propagate the error result.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not proceed probing if we couldn't allocate memory for the ports
array, just error out.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VSC9953 Seville switch has 2 megabits of buffer split into 4360
words of 60 bytes each.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot_port->ts_id is used to:
(a) populate skb->cb[0] for matching the TX timestamp in the PTP IRQ
with an skb.
(b) populate the REW_OP from the injection header of the ongoing skb.
Only then is ocelot_port->ts_id incremented.
This is a problem because, at least theoretically, another timestampable
skb might use the same ocelot_port->ts_id before that is incremented.
Normally all transmit calls are serialized by the netdev transmit
spinlock, but in this case, ocelot_port_add_txtstamp_skb() is also
called by DSA, which has started declaring the NETIF_F_LLTX feature
since commit 2b86cb8299 ("net: dsa: declare lockless TX feature for
slave ports"). So the logic of using and incrementing the timestamp id
should be atomic per port.
The solution is to use the global ocelot_port->ts_id only while
protected by the associated ocelot_port->ts_id_lock. That's where we
populate skb->cb[0]. Note that for ocelot, ocelot_port_add_txtstamp_skb
is called for the actual skb, but for felix, it is called for the skb's
clone. That is something which will also be changed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX-timestampable skb is added late to the ocelot_port->tx_skbs. It
is in a race with the TX timestamp IRQ, which checks that queue trying
to match the timestamp with the skb by the ts_id. The skb should be
added to the queue before the IRQ can fire.
Fixes: 4e3b0468e6 ("net: mscc: PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Leon Romanovsky says:
====================
IBTA declares speed as 16 bits, but kernel stores it in u8. This series
fixes in-kernel declaration while keeping external interface intact.
====================
Based on the mlx5-next branch at
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
due to dependencies.
* branch 'mlx5_active_speed':
RDMA: Fix link active_speed size
RDMA/mlx5: Delete duplicated mlx5_ptys_width enum
net/mlx5: Refactor query port speed functions
In order to unify the tx status path, the hw 802.11 encapsulation flag
needs to survive the trip to the tx status call.
Since we don't have any free bits in info->flags, we need to move one.
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING is only used internally in mac80211,
and only before the call into the driver.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-10-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current API (which lets the driver turn on/off per vif directly) has a
number of limitations:
- it does not deal with AP_VLAN
- conditions for enabling (no tkip, no monitor) are only checked at
add_interface time
- no way to indicate 4-addr support
In order to address this, store offload flags in struct ieee80211_vif
(easy to extend for decap offload later). mac80211 initially sets the enable
flag, but gives the driver a chance to modify it before its settings are
applied. In addition to the .add_interface op, a .update_vif_offload op is
introduced, which can be used for runtime changes.
If a driver can't disable encap offload at runtime, or if it has some extra
limitations, it can simply override the flags within those ops.
Support for encap offload with 4-address mode interfaces can be enabled
by setting a flag from .add_interface or .update_vif_offload.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-6-nbd@nbd.name
[resolved conflict with commit aa2092a9ba ("ath11k: add raw mode and
software crypto support")]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
struct ethtool_fecparam carries bitmasks not bit numbers.
We want to return 1 (NONE), not 0.
Fixes: 0d08709383 ("nfp: implement ethtool FEC mode settings")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver makes use of devm_mdiobus_alloc_size. To ensure this is
available select MDIO_DEVRES which provides it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> # build-tested
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Qinglang Miao <miaoqinglang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rx_request_irq(), it will just return what irq_set_affinity_hint()
returns. If it is failed, the napi and irq requested are not freed
properly. So add exits for failures to handle these.
Signed-off-by: Wei Li <liwei391@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two interfaces to configure ETS: qdiscs and DCB. Historically,
DCB ETS configuration was projected to ingress as well, and configured port
buffers. Qdisc was not.
Keep qdiscs behaving this way, and if an offloaded qdisc is configured on a
port, move this port's headroom to a manual mode, thus allowing
configuration of port buffers through dcbnl_setbuffer.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dcbnl_setbuffer, which bounces requests if a headroom is in DCB mode.
Implement dcbnl_getbuffer such that it can always be used to determine
port-buffer configuration, regardless of headroom mode.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two interfaces to configure ETS: qdiscs and DCB. Historically,
DCB ETS configuration was projected to ingress as well, and configured port
buffers. Qdisc was not.
So as not to break clients that today use DCB ETS and PFC and rely on
getting a reasonable ingress buffer priomap, keep the ETS mirroring in
effect.
Since qdiscs have not done this mirroring historically, it is reasonable
not to introduce it, but rather permit manual ingress configuration through
dcbnl_setbuffer only in the qdisc mode.
This will require a toggle to indicate whether buffer sizes should be
autocomputed or taken from dcbnl_setbuffer, and likewise for priomaps.
Introduce such and initialize it, and guard port buffer size configuration
as appropriate. The toggle is currently left in the DCB position. In a
following patch, qdisc code will switch it.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When phy_is_started() was added to catch incorrect PHY states,
phy_stop() would not be qualified against PHY_DOWN. It is possible to
reach that state when the PHY driver has been unbound and the network
device is then brought down.
Fixes: 2b3e88ea65 ("net: phy: improve phy state checking")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have unbound the PHY driver prior to calling phy_detach() (often
via phy_disconnect()) then we can cause a NULL pointer de-reference
accessing the driver owner member. The steps to reproduce are:
echo unimac-mdio-0:01 > /sys/class/net/eth0/phydev/driver/unbind
ip link set eth0 down
Fixes: cafe8df8b9 ("net: phy: Fix lack of reference count on PHY driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch sets skb->protocol before transmitting frames on the HDLC
device, so that a user listening on the HDLC device with an AF_PACKET
socket will see outgoing frames' sll_protocol field correctly set and
consistent with that of incoming frames.
1. Control frames in hdlc_cisco and hdlc_ppp
When these drivers send control frames, skb->protocol is not set.
This value should be set to htons(ETH_P_HDLC), because when receiving
control frames, their skb->protocol is set to htons(ETH_P_HDLC).
When receiving, hdlc_type_trans in hdlc.h is called, which then calls
cisco_type_trans or ppp_type_trans. The skb->protocol of control frames
is set to htons(ETH_P_HDLC) so that the control frames can be received
by hdlc_rcv in hdlc.c, which calls cisco_rx or ppp_rx to process the
control frames.
2. hdlc_fr
When this driver sends control frames, skb->protocol is set to internal
values used in this driver.
When this driver sends data frames (from upper stacked PVC devices),
skb->protocol is the same as that of the user data packet being sent on
the upper PVC device (for normal PVC devices), or is htons(ETH_P_802_3)
(for Ethernet-emulating PVC devices).
However, skb->protocol for both control frames and data frames should be
set to htons(ETH_P_HDLC), because when receiving, all frames received on
the HDLC device will have their skb->protocol set to htons(ETH_P_HDLC).
When receiving, hdlc_type_trans in hdlc.h is called, and because this
driver doesn't provide a type_trans function in struct hdlc_proto,
all frames will have their skb->protocol set to htons(ETH_P_HDLC).
The frames are then received by hdlc_rcv in hdlc.c, which calls fr_rx
to process the frames (control frames are consumed and data frames
are re-received on upper PVC devices).
Cc: Krzysztof Halasa <khc@pm.waw.pl>
Signed-off-by: Xie He <xie.he.0141@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver is a virtual driver stacked on top of Ethernet interfaces.
When this driver transmits data on the Ethernet device, the skb->protocol
setting is inconsistent with the Ethernet header prepended to the skb.
This causes a user listening on the Ethernet interface with an AF_PACKET
socket, to see different sll_protocol values for incoming and outgoing
frames, because incoming frames would have this value set by parsing the
Ethernet header.
This patch changes the skb->protocol value for outgoing Ethernet frames,
making it consistent with the Ethernet header prepended. This makes a
user listening on the Ethernet device with an AF_PACKET socket, to see
the same sll_protocol value for incoming and outgoing frames.
Cc: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Xie He <xie.he.0141@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool API provides support for the configuration of the following
features: speed and duplex, auto-negotiation, MDI-x, forward error
correction, port media type. The API also provides information about the
port status, hardware and software statistic. The following limitation
exists:
- port media type should be configured before speed setting
- ethtool -m option is not supported
- ethtool -p option is not supported
- ethtool -r option is supported for RJ45 port only
- the following combination of parameters is not supported:
ethtool -s sw1pX port XX autoneg on
- forward error correction feature is supported only on SFP ports, 10G
speed
- auto-negotiation and MDI-x features are not supported on
Copper-to-Fiber SFP module
Co-developed-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add very basic support for devlink interface:
- driver name
- fw version
- devlink ports
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add PCI interface driver for Prestera Switch ASICs family devices, which
provides:
- Firmware loading mechanism
- Requests & events handling to/from the firmware
- Access to the firmware on the bus level
The firmware has to be loaded each time the device is reset. The driver
is loading it from:
/lib/firmware/mrvl/prestera/mvsw_prestera_fw-v{MAJOR}.{MINOR}.img
The full firmware image version is located within the internal header
and consists of 3 numbers - MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH. Additionally, driver has
hard-coded minimum supported firmware version which it can work with:
MAJOR - reflects the support on ABI level between driver and loaded
firmware, this number should be the same for driver and loaded
firmware.
MINOR - this is the minimum supported version between driver and the
firmware.
PATCH - indicates only fixes, firmware ABI is not changed.
Firmware image file name contains only MAJOR and MINOR numbers to make
driver be compatible with any PATCH version.
Co-developed-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell Prestera 98DX326x integrates up to 24 ports of 1GbE with 8
ports of 10GbE uplinks or 2 ports of 40Gbps stacking for a largely
wireless SMB deployment.
The current implementation supports only boards designed for the Marvell
Switchdev solution and requires special firmware.
The core Prestera switching logic is implemented in prestera_main.c,
there is an intermediate hw layer between core logic and firmware. It is
implemented in prestera_hw.c, the purpose of it is to encapsulate hw
related logic, in future there is a plan to support more devices with
different HW related configurations.
This patch contains only basic switch initialization and RX/TX support
over SDMA mechanism.
Currently supported devices have DMA access range <= 32bit and require
ZONE_DMA to be enabled, for such cases SDMA driver checks if the skb
allocated in proper range supported by the Prestera device.
Also meanwhile there is no TX interrupt support in current firmware
version so recycling work is scheduled on each xmit.
Port's mac address is generated from the switch base mac which may be
provided via device-tree (static one or as nvme cell), or randomly
generated. This is required by the firmware.
Co-developed-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Serhiy Pshyk <serhiy.pshyk@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Pshyk <serhiy.pshyk@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Taras Chornyi <taras.chornyi@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Taras Chornyi <taras.chornyi@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Volodymyr Mytnyk <volodymyr.mytnyk@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Volodymyr Mytnyk <volodymyr.mytnyk@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the memory leak in mps during module unload
path by freeing mps reference entries if the list
adpter->mps_ref is not already empty
Fixes: 28b3870578 ("cxgb4: Re-work the logic for mps refcounting")
Signed-off-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For additional robustness in the face of Hyper-V errors or malicious
behavior, validate all values that originate from packets that Hyper-V
has sent to the guest in the host-to-guest ring buffer. Ensure that
invalid values cannot cause indexing off the end of an array, or
subvert an existing validation via integer overflow. Ensure that
outgoing packets do not have any leftover guest memory that has not
been zeroed out.
Signed-off-by: Andres Beltran <lkmlabelt@gmail.com>
Co-developed-by: Andrea Parri (Microsoft) <parri.andrea@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Parri (Microsoft) <parri.andrea@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use napi_consume_skb() to batch consuming skb when cleaning
tx desc in NAPI polling.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
writel() can be used to order I/O vs memory by default when
writing portable drivers. Use writel() to replace wmb() +
writel_relaxed(), and writel() is dma_wmb() + writel_relaxed()
for ARM64, so there is an optimization here because dma_wmb()
is a lighter barrier than wmb().
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently HNS3_RING_RX_RING_FBDNUM_REG register is read to determine
how many rx desc can be cleaned. To avoid the register read operation
in the critical data path, use the valid bit in the rx desc to determine
if a specific rx desc can be cleaned.
The hns3 driver clear valid bit in the rx desc before notifying the
rx desc to the hw, and hw will only set the valid bit of the rx desc
after corresponding buffer is filled with packet data and other field
in the rx desc is set accordingly.
Add hns3_rx_ring_move_fw() function to clear the valid bit in the rx
desc before moving rx ring's next_to_clean forward to avoid double
cleaning a rx desc, also add a dma_rmb() barrier in hns3_handle_rx_bd()
to make sure valid bit is set before reading other field in the rx desc.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently HNS3_RING_TX_RING_HEAD_REG register is read to determine
how many tx desc can be cleaned. To avoid the register read operation
in the critical data path, use the valid bit in the tx desc to determine
if a specific tx desc can be cleaned.
The hns3 driver sets valid bit in the tx desc before ringing a doorbell
to the hw, and hw will only clear the valid bit of the tx desc after
corresponding packet is sent out to the wire. And because next_to_use
for tx ring is a changing variable when the driver is filling the tx
desc, so reuse the pull_len for rx ring to record the tx desc that has
notified to the hw, so that hns3_nic_reclaim_desc() can decide how many
tx desc's valid bit need checking when reclaiming tx desc.
And io_err_cnt stat is also removed for it is not used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use netdev_xmit_more() to defer the tx doorbell operation when
the skb is passed to the driver continuously. By doing this we
can improve the overall xmit performance by avoid some doorbell
operations.
Also, the tx_err_cnt stat is not used, so rename it to tx_more
stat.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Batch the page reference count updates instead of doing them
one at a time. By doing this we can improve the overall receive
performance by avoid some atomic increment operations when the
rx page is reused.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Combine two same enums to avoid duplication.
Signed-off-by: Aharon Landau <aharonl@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
The functions mlx5_query_port_link_width_oper and
mlx5_query_port_ib_proto_oper are always called together, so combine them
to a new function called mlx5_query_port_oper to avoid duplication.
And while the mlx5i_get_port_settings is the same as
mlx5_query_port_oper therefore let's remove it.
According to the IB spec link_width_oper and ib_proto_oper should be u16
and not as written u8, so perform casting as a preparation to cross-RDMA
patch which will fix that type for all drivers in the RDMA subsystem.
Fixes: ada68c31ba ("net/mlx5: Introduce a new header file for physical port functions")
Signed-off-by: Aharon Landau <aharonl@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
The KSZ9477 and KSZ8795 use the port_cnt field differently: For the
KSZ9477, it includes the CPU port(s), while for the KSZ8795, it doesn't.
It would be a good cleanup to make the handling of both drivers match,
but as a first step, fix the recently broken assignment of num_ports in
the KSZ8795 driver (which completely broke probing, as the CPU port
index was always failing the num_ports check).
Fixes: af199a1a9c ("net: dsa: microchip: set the correct number of ports")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
Reviewed-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds transport ports information for route lookup so that
IPsec can select Geneve tunnel traffic to do encryption. This is
needed for OVS/OVN IPsec with encrypted Geneve tunnels.
This can be tested by configuring a host-host VPN using an IKE
daemon and specifying port numbers. For example, for an
Openswan-type configuration, the following parameters should be
configured on both hosts and IPsec set up as-per normal:
$ cat /etc/ipsec.conf
conn in
...
left=$IP1
right=$IP2
...
leftprotoport=udp/6081
rightprotoport=udp
...
conn out
...
left=$IP1
right=$IP2
...
leftprotoport=udp
rightprotoport=udp/6081
...
The tunnel can then be setup using "ip" on both hosts (but
changing the relevant IP addresses):
$ ip link add tun type geneve id 1000 remote $IP2
$ ip addr add 192.168.0.1/24 dev tun
$ ip link set tun up
This can then be tested by pinging from $IP1:
$ ping 192.168.0.2
Without this patch the traffic is unencrypted on the wire.
Fixes: 2d07dc79fe ("geneve: add initial netdev driver for GENEVE tunnels")
Signed-off-by: Qiuyu Xiao <qiuyu.xiao.qyx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Gray <mark.d.gray@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Rose <gvrose8192@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use DEFINE_SEQ_ATTRIBUTE macro to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Liu Shixin <liushixin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the dim library to manage dynamic interrupt
moderation in ionic.
v3: rebase
v2: untangled declarations in ionic_dim_work()
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add support to --show-ring & --set-ring Ethtool functions:
- Adding min, max, power of two check to new ring parameter's value.
- Bring down the network interface before changing the value of ring
parameters.
- Bring up the network interface after changing the value of ring
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Song, Yoong Siang <yoong.siang.song@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Traffic mirroring modes that are in-chip implemented on egress need an
internal buffer to work. As the only client, the SPAN module was managing
the buffer so far. However logically it belongs to the buffers module. E.g.
buffer size validation needs to take the size of the internal buffer into
account.
Therefore move the related code from SPAN to spectrum_buffers. Move over
the callbacks that determine the minimum buffer size as a function of
maximum speed and MTU. Add a field describing the internal buffer to struct
mlxsw_sp_hdroom. Extend mlxsw_sp_hdroom_bufs_reset_sizes() to take care of
sizing the internal buffer as well. Change the SPAN module to invoke that
function and mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure() like all the other hdroom clients.
Drop the now-unnecessary mlxsw_sp_span_port_buffer_disable().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of the internal buffer is currently calculated in the SPAN module.
Logically it belongs to the spectrum_buffers module, where it should be
moved. However, that being a chip-specific operation, it needs dynamic
dispatch. There currently is a chip-specific structure for description of
shared buffer values, struct mlxsw_sp_sb_vals. However placing ops into
this structure would be confusing. Therefore introduce a new per-chip
structure, currently empty, and initialize the ops pointer as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_init() configures both priomap and buffers
by hand. Additionally, for port buffers, it configures buffer 0 with a size
that it will never again have if PFC configuration is touched.
Rewrite the init code to become a client of the new hdroom code. The only
difference in invocation is that the configuration is forced, so that it is
issued even if the desired configuration happens to match what is contained
in (hitherto not initialized with meaningful values) mlxsw_sp_port->hdroom.
Since now mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_init() initializes all the PG buffers to
meaningful values, mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure_buffers() can avoid querying
the current configuration, and can fill the whole PBMC itself.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is now only used from the buffers module, and is a trivial
field reference. Just inline it and drop the related artifacts.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move all the headroom code to the spectrum_buffers module, where it
belongs.
Rename mlxsw_sp_pg_buf_threshold_get() and mlxsw_sp_pg_buf_pack() to
..._hdroom_... to match the naming convention of the new headroom code.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ETS handler performs the headroom configuration in three steps: first
it resizes the buffers and adds any new ones. Then it redirects priorities
to the new buffers. And finally it sets the size of the now-unused buffers
to zero. This way no packet drops are introduced.
This sort of careful approach will also be useful for configuring port
buffer sizes and priority map by hand, through dcbnl_setbuffer. Therefore
move the code from the DCB handler to the generic headroom function.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new hdroom code has certain conventions: iteration over priorities is
done through a variable named `prio', configuration is not pushed unless it
is dirty, but a `force' flag can be used to override this, updated
configuration is written to port. Convert the function
mlxsw_sp_port_pg_prio_map() to use these conventions and rename
appropriately to fit in.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ETS handler performs the headroom configuration in three steps: first
it resizes the buffers and adds any new ones. Then it redirects priorities
to the new buffers. And finally it sets the size of the now-unused buffers
to zero. This way no packet drops are introduced.
Both of the buffer size configuration operations are simply buffer size
configurations, there is no material difference between setting buffers to
zero and any other value. Therefore simply invoke the same
mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure(), and drop mlxsw_sp_port_pg_destroy() and
mlxsw_sp_ets_has_pg() which are now unused.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() to three functions.
mlxsw_sp_hdroom_bufs_reset_sizes() changes the sizes of the individual PG
buffers, and mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure_buffers() will actually apply the
configuration. A third function, mlxsw_sp_hdroom_bufs_fit(), verifies that
the requested buffer configuration matches total headroom size
requirements.
Add wrappers, mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure() and __..., that will eventually
perform full headroom configuration, but for now, only have them verify the
configured headroom size, and invoke mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure_buffers().
Have them take the `force` argument to prepare for a later patch, even
though it is currently unused.
Note that the loop in mlxsw_sp_hdroom_configure_buffers() only goes through
DCBX_MAX_BUFFERS. Since there is no logic to configure the control buffer,
it needs to keep the values queried from the FW. Eventually this function
should configure all the PGs.
Note that conversion of __mlxsw_sp_dcbnl_ieee_setets() is not trivial. That
function performs the headroom configuration in three steps: first it
resizes the buffers and adds any new ones. Then it redirects priorities to
the new buffers. And finally it sets the size of the now-unused buffers to
zero. This way no packet drops are introduced.
So after invoking mlxsw_sp_hdroom_bufs_reset_sizes(), tweak the
configuration to keep the old sizes of PG buffers for those buffers whose
size was set to zero.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, port buffers were always autoconfigured. When dcbnl_setbuffer
callback is implemented, it will allow the user to change the buffer size
configuration by hand. The sizes therefore need to be a configuration
parameter, not always deduced, and therefore belong to struct
mlxsw_sp_hdroom, where the configuration routine should take them from.
Update mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() to update these sizes. Have the
function update the sizes even for the case that a given buffer is not
used.
Additionally, change the loop iteration end to DCBX_MAX_BUFFERS instead of
IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS. The value is the same, but the semantics differ.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Client-side configuration has lossiness as an attribute of a priority.
Therefore add a "lossy" attribute to struct mlxsw_sp_hdroom_prio.
To a Spectrum ASIC, lossiness is a feature of a port buffer. Therefore add
struct mlxsw_sp_hdroom_buf, which in the following patches will get more
attributes, but right now only use it to track port buffer lossiness.
Instead of passing around the primary indicators of PFC and pause_en, add a
function mlxsw_sp_hdroom_bufs_reset_lossiness() to compute the buffer
lossiness from the priority map and priority lossiness. Change
mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() to take the buffer lossy flag from the
headroom configuration. Have the PFC and pause handlers configure priority
lossiness in mlxsw_sp_hdroom, from where it will propagate.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mapping from priorities to buffers determines which buffers should be
configured. Lossiness of these priorities combined with the mapping
determines whether a given buffer should be lossy.
Currently this configuration is stored implicitly in DCB ETS, PFC and
ethtool PAUSE configuration. Keeping it together with the rest of the
headroom configuration and deriving it as needed from PFC / ETS / PAUSE
will make things clearer. To that end, add a field "prios" to struct
mlxsw_sp_hdroom.
Previously, __mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() took prio_tc as an argument, and
assumed that the same mapping as we use on the egress should be used on
ingress as well. Instead, track this configuration at each priority, so
that it can be adjusted flexibly.
In the following patches, as dcbnl_setbuffer is implemented, it will need
to store its own mapping, and it will also be sometimes necessary to revert
back to the original ETS mapping. Therefore track two buffer indices: the
one for chip configuration (buf_idx), and the source one (ets_buf_idx).
Introduce a function to configure the chip-level buffer index, and for now
have it simply copy the ETS mapping over to the chip mapping.
Update the ETS handler to project prio_tc to the ets_buf_idx and invoke the
buf_idx recomputation.
Now that there is a canonical place to look for this configuration,
mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() does not need to invent def_prio_tc to use if
DCB is compiled out.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MTU influences sizes of auto-allocated buffers. Make it a part of port
buffer configuration and have __mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() take it from
there, instead of as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a priority is marked as lossless using DCB PFC, or when pause frames
are enabled on a port, mlxsw adds to port buffers an extra space to cover
the traffic that will arrive between the time that a pause or PFC frame is
emitted, and the time traffic actually stops. This is called the delay. The
concept is the same in PFC and pause, however the way the extra buffer
space is calculated differs.
In this patch, unify this handling. Delay is to be measured in bytes of
extra space, and will not include MTU. PFC handler sets the delay directly
from the parameter it gets through the DCB interface.
To convert pause handler, move MLXSW_SP_PAUSE_DELAY to ethtool module,
convert to bytes, and reduce it by maximum MTU, and divide by two. Then it
has the same meaning as the delay_bytes set by the PFC handler.
Keep the delay_bytes value in struct mlxsw_sp_hdroom introduced in the
previous patch. Change PFC and pause handlers to store the new delay value
there and have __mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() take it from there.
Instead of mlxsw_sp_pfc_delay_get() and mlxsw_sp_pg_buf_delay_get(),
introduce mlxsw_sp_hdroom_buf_delay_get() to calculate the delay provision.
Drop the unnecessary MLXSW_SP_CELL_FACTOR, and instead add an explanatory
comment describing the formula used.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port headroom handling is currently strewn across several modules and
tricky to follow: MTU, DCB PFC, DCB ETS and ethtool pause all influence the
settings, and then there is the completely separate initial configuraion in
spectrum_buffers. A following patch will implement the dcbnl_setbuffer
callback, which is going to further complicate the landscape.
In order to simplify work with port buffers, the following patches are
going to centralize all port-buffer handling in spectrum_buffers. As a
first step, introduce a (currently empty) struct mlxsw_sp_hdroom that will
keep the configuration parameters, and allocate and free it in appropriate
places.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various updates to mlx5 driver,
1) Eli adds support for TC trap action.
2) Eran, minor improvements to clock.c code structure
3) Better handling of error reporting in LAG from Jianbo
4) IPv6 traffic class (DSCP) header rewrite support from Maor
5) Ofer Levi adds support for CQE compression of multi-strides packets
6) Vu, Enables use of vport meta data by default.
7) Some minor code cleanup
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl9hDykACgkQSD+KveBX
+j6qAQgAn4HWJp7Bu7S7okRbv1bg+uj7mQgU1oEU7P1xzpx2gfZcD0ejjwoxGV/8
iK/FC2KQeuBKqIkLPnQC1o4CH8Fk9kr2HuhmX46Gkn07ohyObf6w8fFVrGv/5QrB
fWUWhu+TQJNA/qnMlCfQ5t5Jt+XYL0m7VdfhCHE3R5rmpcZ2PHhxmvoG/NlBLUUK
kjggjtjX6Vv1CRit0w08FJwsJbqHy3wqpciX4Xc+wZp9A+D5VAyVtXP6ngaDIsAA
RcUzGyH8x4gphnplySkvj/LXboaqiMtd8sPeXCOax2HlYarFAAnNG//7fwhfYIHe
c/509buvfjSFsIwQYRem7d/abkU5Rw==
=4r5e
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-09-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-09-15
Various updates to mlx5 driver,
1) Eli adds support for TC trap action.
2) Eran, minor improvements to clock.c code structure
3) Better handling of error reporting in LAG from Jianbo
4) IPv6 traffic class (DSCP) header rewrite support from Maor
5) Ofer Levi adds support for CQE compression of multi-strides packets
6) Vu, Enables use of vport meta data by default.
7) Some minor code cleanup
====================
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
